<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<rss version="2.0" xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/" xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/">
	<channel>
		<title><![CDATA[The BESS Exchange is sponsored by Edge On Up - Knife and Blade Reviews]]></title>
		<link>http://bessex.com/forum/</link>
		<description><![CDATA[The BESS Exchange is sponsored by Edge On Up - http://bessex.com/forum]]></description>
		<pubDate>Sat, 19 Sep 2026 06:28:18 +0000</pubDate>
		<generator>MyBB</generator>
		<item>
			<title><![CDATA[New Fixture]]></title>
			<link>http://bessex.com/forum/showthread.php?tid=487</link>
			<pubDate>Tue, 30 Jul 2019 16:14:09 +0000</pubDate>
			<guid isPermaLink="false">http://bessex.com/forum/showthread.php?tid=487</guid>
			<description><![CDATA[This forum seems to be primarily the province of subwoofer so we thought that it would be a good place to display one of the fruits of his ideas. The picture shows an assemblage of the various test fixtures used by subwoofer at the recent Sharpest Knife UK competition. Please take note of the new cut-away fixtures sitting on the table.  These fixtures are designed to allow closer measurement access to the heel of the knife. It also makes measurement  of shorter blades easier as well as oddly shaped blades. Thank you to subwoofer for his contributions here! These new fixtures will be introduced for sale this fall and will be priced at &#36;49.00.<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2019/07/Sharpest-02-P1020681.jpg" width="800" height="571" alt="[Image: Sharpest-02-P1020681.jpg]" class="mycode_img" />]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[This forum seems to be primarily the province of subwoofer so we thought that it would be a good place to display one of the fruits of his ideas. The picture shows an assemblage of the various test fixtures used by subwoofer at the recent Sharpest Knife UK competition. Please take note of the new cut-away fixtures sitting on the table.  These fixtures are designed to allow closer measurement access to the heel of the knife. It also makes measurement  of shorter blades easier as well as oddly shaped blades. Thank you to subwoofer for his contributions here! These new fixtures will be introduced for sale this fall and will be priced at &#36;49.00.<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2019/07/Sharpest-02-P1020681.jpg" width="800" height="571" alt="[Image: Sharpest-02-P1020681.jpg]" class="mycode_img" />]]></content:encoded>
		</item>
		<item>
			<title><![CDATA[Knife Review: Oberland Arms Jager Sepp]]></title>
			<link>http://bessex.com/forum/showthread.php?tid=477</link>
			<pubDate>Mon, 17 Jun 2019 19:40:10 +0000</pubDate>
			<guid isPermaLink="false">http://bessex.com/forum/showthread.php?tid=477</guid>
			<description><![CDATA[<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">Before the main intro, the review featured in this post, includes SET testing results. Might this be the first ever review of its type to include these?...</span><br />
<br />
This thread is a new approach for me regarding sharing my reviews. Forums are where I came from, and the discussion on forums is something I hope to be involved in and inspire. It has become too much work to convert the reviews published on my website into forum versions, so I need to try something else to stay in touch with the forums.<br />
<br />
I am only including a headline introduction and link to the review - please return to this forum to discuss the review or ask questions.<br />
<br />
To the Moderators, there is a reciprocal link at the end of every review on Tactical Reviews. If you have any concerns over this approach please let me know.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=7612" target="_blank" class="mycode_url">Knife Review: Oberland Arms Jager Sepp</a><br />
<br />
17 June, 2019<br />
<br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=7612" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/OberlandArms-Jager-Sepp-00-feature-P1350284.jpg" alt="[Image: OberlandArms-Jager-Sepp-00-feature-P1350284.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
<br />
Finding Oberland Arms’ knives was an outstanding highlight of IWA 2018, and it became a mission of mine to review them. A happy coincidence that one other IWA 2018 highlight happened to be another knife designed by Tommaso Rumici who is the designer of the Jager Sepp on review here. Everything came together nicely at […]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">Before the main intro, the review featured in this post, includes SET testing results. Might this be the first ever review of its type to include these?...</span><br />
<br />
This thread is a new approach for me regarding sharing my reviews. Forums are where I came from, and the discussion on forums is something I hope to be involved in and inspire. It has become too much work to convert the reviews published on my website into forum versions, so I need to try something else to stay in touch with the forums.<br />
<br />
I am only including a headline introduction and link to the review - please return to this forum to discuss the review or ask questions.<br />
<br />
To the Moderators, there is a reciprocal link at the end of every review on Tactical Reviews. If you have any concerns over this approach please let me know.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=7612" target="_blank" class="mycode_url">Knife Review: Oberland Arms Jager Sepp</a><br />
<br />
17 June, 2019<br />
<br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=7612" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/OberlandArms-Jager-Sepp-00-feature-P1350284.jpg" alt="[Image: OberlandArms-Jager-Sepp-00-feature-P1350284.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
<br />
Finding Oberland Arms’ knives was an outstanding highlight of IWA 2018, and it became a mission of mine to review them. A happy coincidence that one other IWA 2018 highlight happened to be another knife designed by Tommaso Rumici who is the designer of the Jager Sepp on review here. Everything came together nicely at […]]]></content:encoded>
		</item>
		<item>
			<title><![CDATA[Knife Review: Lionsteel M4]]></title>
			<link>http://bessex.com/forum/showthread.php?tid=465</link>
			<pubDate>Thu, 21 Mar 2019 14:16:09 +0000</pubDate>
			<guid isPermaLink="false">http://bessex.com/forum/showthread.php?tid=465</guid>
			<description><![CDATA[This thread is a new approach for me regarding sharing my reviews. Forums are where I came from, and the discussion on forums is something I hope to be involved in and inspire. It has become too much work to convert the reviews published on my website into forum versions, so I need to try something else to stay in touch with the forums.<br />
<br />
I am only including a headline introduction and link to the review - please return to this forum to discuss the review or ask questions.<br />
<br />
To the Moderators, there is a reciprocal link at the end of every review on Tactical Reviews. If you have any concerns over this approach please let me know.<br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=7242" target="_blank" class="mycode_url">Knife Review: Lionsteel M4</a>                <br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=7242" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/Lionsteel-M4-00-feature-P1330361.jpg" alt="[Image: Lionsteel-M4-00-feature-P1330361.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /></a>     <br />
<br />
        <br />
        <br />
<br />
If the Lionsteel M4 is not on your list of candidates for a utility / bushcraft / general purpose fixed blade knife, it should be. It is not a new model at the time of this review, now entering its third year of production, and the Mik Molletta designed M4 from Lionsteel seemingly finds that […]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[This thread is a new approach for me regarding sharing my reviews. Forums are where I came from, and the discussion on forums is something I hope to be involved in and inspire. It has become too much work to convert the reviews published on my website into forum versions, so I need to try something else to stay in touch with the forums.<br />
<br />
I am only including a headline introduction and link to the review - please return to this forum to discuss the review or ask questions.<br />
<br />
To the Moderators, there is a reciprocal link at the end of every review on Tactical Reviews. If you have any concerns over this approach please let me know.<br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=7242" target="_blank" class="mycode_url">Knife Review: Lionsteel M4</a>                <br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=7242" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/Lionsteel-M4-00-feature-P1330361.jpg" alt="[Image: Lionsteel-M4-00-feature-P1330361.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /></a>     <br />
<br />
        <br />
        <br />
<br />
If the Lionsteel M4 is not on your list of candidates for a utility / bushcraft / general purpose fixed blade knife, it should be. It is not a new model at the time of this review, now entering its third year of production, and the Mik Molletta designed M4 from Lionsteel seemingly finds that […]]]></content:encoded>
		</item>
		<item>
			<title><![CDATA[Rental Knife Options]]></title>
			<link>http://bessex.com/forum/showthread.php?tid=434</link>
			<pubDate>Tue, 22 Jan 2019 18:33:30 +0000</pubDate>
			<guid isPermaLink="false">http://bessex.com/forum/showthread.php?tid=434</guid>
			<description><![CDATA[Hello Again Forum!<br />
<br />
Hoping i put this in the right place......I am curious about those of you that offer a rental knife program.<br />
<br />
In a nearly Perfect world, I would think many would pick a brand name, high quality blade......not too hard, but of reasonable quality.<br />
<br />
In one post I read about the Lasting Cut product.....seemed like a great price......but was unable to locate a supplier.<br />
<br />
What options have you found/used???<br />
<br />
In my area ( the Greater Toronto Area) we have a major player, that supplies cheap custom branded knives, that probably get a quick pass on a Conzinni, before being sent out again. I once gave my 4 Stars to them ( long before i got the bug) and they butchered them!!!<br />
<br />
So, strictly as an investigation on economics, what has worked.<br />
<br />
My baseline for a rental program in my area ( my local pub) is 6 knives per week, at &#36;17 / week ......so even the cheapest Henckel Pro V would be a &#36;120/set investment.......<br />
<br />
Thank you so much for all the information and help this forum has done for me!<br />
<br />
Sam]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[Hello Again Forum!<br />
<br />
Hoping i put this in the right place......I am curious about those of you that offer a rental knife program.<br />
<br />
In a nearly Perfect world, I would think many would pick a brand name, high quality blade......not too hard, but of reasonable quality.<br />
<br />
In one post I read about the Lasting Cut product.....seemed like a great price......but was unable to locate a supplier.<br />
<br />
What options have you found/used???<br />
<br />
In my area ( the Greater Toronto Area) we have a major player, that supplies cheap custom branded knives, that probably get a quick pass on a Conzinni, before being sent out again. I once gave my 4 Stars to them ( long before i got the bug) and they butchered them!!!<br />
<br />
So, strictly as an investigation on economics, what has worked.<br />
<br />
My baseline for a rental program in my area ( my local pub) is 6 knives per week, at &#36;17 / week ......so even the cheapest Henckel Pro V would be a &#36;120/set investment.......<br />
<br />
Thank you so much for all the information and help this forum has done for me!<br />
<br />
Sam]]></content:encoded>
		</item>
		<item>
			<title><![CDATA[Knife Review: Lionsteel TM1 CF]]></title>
			<link>http://bessex.com/forum/showthread.php?tid=422</link>
			<pubDate>Thu, 03 Jan 2019 10:54:59 +0000</pubDate>
			<guid isPermaLink="false">http://bessex.com/forum/showthread.php?tid=422</guid>
			<description><![CDATA[<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/Lionsteel-TM1-28-angle-P1310279.jpg" alt="[Image: Lionsteel-TM1-28-angle-P1310279.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Lionsteel are a brand that stand out year-on-year thanks to maintaining a superb level of manufacturing quality over a wide range of knife designs, both fixed and folding. This review takes a look at the Carbon Fibre version of the TM1 folding knife. Like the outstanding SR-1 (which is still going strong eight years after its launch), with its impressive construction using a one-piece handle, the TM1 also uses this single-piece handle design, but instead of an integral lock it uses a more traditional back-lock. I like an integral lock as much as anyone, but I am having just a little too much of them, and find it refreshing that the TM1 uses a back-lock. One main advantage of this is that the handle shape, grip and feel is not compromised by the lock-bar. Still a heavy folder, like the SR-1, but with a very interesting reverse-tanto blade shape, and a handle with two non-metallic material choices - Carbon-Fibre or Micarta. Finding this knife was one of my show highlights from IWA 2018.<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/Lionsteel-TM1-26-angle-P1310272.jpg" alt="[Image: Lionsteel-TM1-26-angle-P1310272.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<div style="text-align: center;" class="mycode_align"><span style="font-size: xx-small;" class="mycode_size"><span style="color: Indigo;" class="mycode_color"><span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br />
Author's Statement for Transparency and Disclosure<br />
The test sample/s featured in this article have been provided for technical testing and review by the manufacturer. Test samples are retained by the reviewer following publication of the completed review for the purposes of long term testing and product comparisons.<br />
<br />
All output figures and test results published in this review are the sole work of the reviewer, and are carried out independently and without bias. Test results are reported as found, with no embellishments or alteration. Though best endeavours are made to maintain the accuracy of test equipment, the accuracy of these results is not guaranteed and is subject to the test equipment functioning correctly.<br />
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------</span></span></span><br />
</div>
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">Gallery Review Format</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">Tactical Reviews is known for very detailed reviews using many high quality images. This has meant quite a lot of scrolling to read most reviews. In the gallery format, the review contains 'responsive image galleries' to better display these images as a slide show with captions.<br />
NOTE: Unfortunately these galleries cannot be pasted into forum threads.</span><br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=6196" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-100h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-100h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">(Wherever you see the 'Read MORE' marker, it indicates that the Extended Version of the review has additional content at that point. Viewing the extended version helps support further reviews, but please ensure you return to this Forum for comments and discussion.)</span><br />
(Moderators, there is a reciprocal link at the end of every review on Tactical Reviews.)<br />
<br />
<br />
What's in the box?:<br />
The TM1 comes in a familiar Lionsteel cardboard box. Inside the box, the TM1 is in a pouch / carry case which can slide onto a belt as a horizontal pouch. It will only fit over a slim 1" belt and this might be a happy accident rather than an intended design feature.<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=6196" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2019/01/Lionsteel-TM1-CF-01.jpg" alt="[Image: Lionsteel-TM1-CF-01.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
A good look round the Lionsteel TM1 CF - Things to look out for here are:<br />
There is a lot to see on the TM1, so keep an eye out for the handle contouring, clip and glass breaker, ramped thumb opener, crisp finish and other design details.<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=6196" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2019/01/Lionsteel-TM1-CF-02.jpg" alt="[Image: Lionsteel-TM1-CF-02.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2019/01/Lionsteel-TM1-CF-03.jpg" alt="[Image: Lionsteel-TM1-CF-03.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">Explained by the Maker:</span><br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">The reasons for certain design choices may not be clear when simply looking at an object, so this section is intended to give an insight into the thinking behind a design by speaking to the designer themselves.</span><br />
<br />
I had the good fortune to be able to consult Mik Molletta about this knife...<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">(Only available in the full version of this review.)</span><br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=6196" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=6196" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2019/01/Lionsteel-TM1-CF-04.jpg" alt="[Image: Lionsteel-TM1-CF-04.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
In case you were wondering how they fit those IKBs bearings...<br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">(This image is from Lionsteel's TM1 product page.)</span><br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/tm1-bearings.jpg" alt="[Image: tm1-bearings.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">The Blade and Handle - Detailed Measurements:</span><br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">Now even more detailed!</span><br />
Taking things far beyond most knife specifications, in this section I will be carrying out a detailed examination of geometry, balance, edge bevels, factory sharpness and structural edge testing using the industry leading measuring tools.<br />
<br />
These measuring tools include a Vernier protractor, callipers, fixed radius gauges, the unique Arc Master adjustable radius gauge, Edge On Up's BESS Certified PT50A and SET tester along with CATRA's Hobbigoni LASER Edge Protractor.<br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">The BESS 'C' scale of sharpness (Brubacher Edge Sharpness Scale) will be used to verify the sharpness of the factory edge and allow the knife to be brought to a minimum standard sharpness before testing a blade's cutting performance.</span><br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=6196" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2019/01/Lionsteel-TM1-CF-05.jpg" alt="[Image: Lionsteel-TM1-CF-05.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The measurements have been tabulated and are presented along with a few reference blades. The 'Balance relative to the front of the handle' tells you if the knife will feel front heavy, or if the weight is in your hand (a positive value means the weight is forward of the front of the handle). The 'Balance relative to the centre of the handle' indicates how close to a 'neutral balance' the knife has in the hand.<br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=6196" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2019/01/Lionsteel-TM1-CF-06.jpg" alt="[Image: Lionsteel-TM1-CF-06.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">(Table only available in the full version of this review.)</span><br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=6196" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
The blade is made from Sleipner 60-61 HRC steel.<br />
<br />
The TM1's factory edge has an average BESS 'C' sharpness of 342. This was acceptable as it would slice 80gsm paper, but not to the level I like so I brought the edge to  15 degree per-side and 200 BESS for testing the knife.<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">What it is like to use?</span><br />
Lionsteel's TM1 is a pleasant contradiction as it is a 'heavy folder' yet at the same time it is a 'lightweight folder' (for its size) thanks to the carbon-fibre handle. Although the blade is a substantial 4.5mm, making it massively strong, and the handle is matched to the blade perfectly, the TM1 is light and easy to carry.<br />
<br />
Thanks to its one piece sculpted handle and back-lock, the grip is excellent for a folder. A fully integral finger guard makes the grip super stable and more than a match for that powerful blade.<br />
<br />
Opening is silky as the blade swings out smoothly and effortlessly on those ball bearings. If you hold the handle and push the lock bar in fully, the blade actually becomes completely free to swing (without the lock bar pressing on it) and does so with no resistance at all. Not being a flipper I had wondered if it was worth using the ball bearings, but it is - the opening is just so slick. The thumb opener has been shaped into a ramp and gives a larger contact area for your thumb than studs do, and this makes it quite a bit more comfortable to use.<br />
<br />
Then there is that snap of the lock; so crisp, precise and solid, and so satisfying. It makes you want to keep on opening it up. (Warning - you might annoy your family or work colleagues with this knife.)<br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=6196" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2019/01/Lionsteel-TM1-CF-07.jpg" alt="[Image: Lionsteel-TM1-CF-07.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
This is the first 'reverse-tanto' blade I've used, however the principle is not far from a clip-point, just a smaller clip, keeping the tip very strong. Slightly odd looking, it has proven to be highly usable. No issues with the tip's puncturing ability even though the point angle is 71 degrees. The tip looks extremely strong, but as yet I've not had a reason to really put this to the test (no car doors have jumped out at me and needed cutting into).<br />
<br />
So 'Sleipner' in a folder? I was a little unsure about this choice with the reports of corrosion, and the fact it is not a stainless steel having only 7.8% Cr. I decided that during the course of the testing I would not use any oils or other blade protection, and have been using this knife for around six months for a variety of tasks, including with foods, and with one in particular that is normally very harsh - banana! Opening and fishing about in boil-in-the-bag foods so getting a good dose of heat and steam, pocket time, handling and at best a little wipe down.<br />
<br />
It is possible that the blade has been lacquered but I can't see any evidence this has been done, and I reground the cutting edge bevel, so I know that is bare steel. To date there has not been any sign of corrosion. I had expected to have to intervene and remove some spotting as I haven't been caring for the blade steel. This is not the same as specifically abusing it or really trying to get it to corrode, but the testing has been normal use with little to no attempts to protect it beyond a wipe from time to time.<br />
<br />
I'll have to say I'm still a little wary that this might need more care than I'd like, but so far I've been pleasantly surprised that it has not been noticeably susceptible to corrosion. It is possible the specific heat-treat Mik mentioned may have improved the corrosion resistance of this steel.<br />
<br />
You might have spotted the relatively small looking clip, and like me assumed it was not going to work well. I found I was eating my words though. When I pocket-carried the TM1, that clip had enough clearance to get onto the pocket edge and enough flex to slide into place, yet enough grip to stay put. I had dismissed this clip as an afterthought, but was wrong, it works. The clip can also be removed and refitted on the other side.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">Review Summary</span><br />
<br />
The views expressed in this summary table are from the point of view of the reviewer’s personal use. I am not a member of the armed forces and cannot comment on its use beyond a cutting tool or field/hunting knife.<br />
<br />
Something that might be a ‘pro’ for one user can be a ‘con’ for another, so the comments are categorised based on my requirements. You should consider all points and if they could be beneficial to you.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">[b]Review Summary</span>[/b]<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">_______________________________________________<br />
Things I like<br />
_______________________________________________</span><br />
Superb fit and finish.<br />
Single-piece handle.<br />
Back-lock (Thank you!)<br />
IKBS pivot bearings for super smooth action.<br />
Rock solid lock up.<br />
Lightweight yet 'heavy-build' folder.<br />
Effective clip.<br />
Works for right and left-handed users.<br />
Strong blade.<br />
Comfortable thumb opening ramp.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">_______________________________________________<br />
What doesn't work so well for me<br />
_______________________________________________</span><br />
Sleipner steel - I don't like the threat of corrosion hanging over a fantastic knife.<br />
Nothing else.<br />
<br />
<div style="text-align: center;" class="mycode_align"><a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=6196" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/Click-for-more-V5-800resized-first.png" alt="[Image: Click-for-more-V5-800resized-first.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
(Moderators, there is a reciprocal link at the end of every review on Tactical Reviews.)<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/Round-Sticker-V1-0.png" alt="[Image: Round-Sticker-V1-0.png]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
</div>]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/Lionsteel-TM1-28-angle-P1310279.jpg" alt="[Image: Lionsteel-TM1-28-angle-P1310279.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Lionsteel are a brand that stand out year-on-year thanks to maintaining a superb level of manufacturing quality over a wide range of knife designs, both fixed and folding. This review takes a look at the Carbon Fibre version of the TM1 folding knife. Like the outstanding SR-1 (which is still going strong eight years after its launch), with its impressive construction using a one-piece handle, the TM1 also uses this single-piece handle design, but instead of an integral lock it uses a more traditional back-lock. I like an integral lock as much as anyone, but I am having just a little too much of them, and find it refreshing that the TM1 uses a back-lock. One main advantage of this is that the handle shape, grip and feel is not compromised by the lock-bar. Still a heavy folder, like the SR-1, but with a very interesting reverse-tanto blade shape, and a handle with two non-metallic material choices - Carbon-Fibre or Micarta. Finding this knife was one of my show highlights from IWA 2018.<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/Lionsteel-TM1-26-angle-P1310272.jpg" alt="[Image: Lionsteel-TM1-26-angle-P1310272.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<div style="text-align: center;" class="mycode_align"><span style="font-size: xx-small;" class="mycode_size"><span style="color: Indigo;" class="mycode_color"><span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br />
Author's Statement for Transparency and Disclosure<br />
The test sample/s featured in this article have been provided for technical testing and review by the manufacturer. Test samples are retained by the reviewer following publication of the completed review for the purposes of long term testing and product comparisons.<br />
<br />
All output figures and test results published in this review are the sole work of the reviewer, and are carried out independently and without bias. Test results are reported as found, with no embellishments or alteration. Though best endeavours are made to maintain the accuracy of test equipment, the accuracy of these results is not guaranteed and is subject to the test equipment functioning correctly.<br />
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------</span></span></span><br />
</div>
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">Gallery Review Format</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">Tactical Reviews is known for very detailed reviews using many high quality images. This has meant quite a lot of scrolling to read most reviews. In the gallery format, the review contains 'responsive image galleries' to better display these images as a slide show with captions.<br />
NOTE: Unfortunately these galleries cannot be pasted into forum threads.</span><br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=6196" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-100h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-100h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">(Wherever you see the 'Read MORE' marker, it indicates that the Extended Version of the review has additional content at that point. Viewing the extended version helps support further reviews, but please ensure you return to this Forum for comments and discussion.)</span><br />
(Moderators, there is a reciprocal link at the end of every review on Tactical Reviews.)<br />
<br />
<br />
What's in the box?:<br />
The TM1 comes in a familiar Lionsteel cardboard box. Inside the box, the TM1 is in a pouch / carry case which can slide onto a belt as a horizontal pouch. It will only fit over a slim 1" belt and this might be a happy accident rather than an intended design feature.<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=6196" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2019/01/Lionsteel-TM1-CF-01.jpg" alt="[Image: Lionsteel-TM1-CF-01.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
A good look round the Lionsteel TM1 CF - Things to look out for here are:<br />
There is a lot to see on the TM1, so keep an eye out for the handle contouring, clip and glass breaker, ramped thumb opener, crisp finish and other design details.<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=6196" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2019/01/Lionsteel-TM1-CF-02.jpg" alt="[Image: Lionsteel-TM1-CF-02.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2019/01/Lionsteel-TM1-CF-03.jpg" alt="[Image: Lionsteel-TM1-CF-03.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">Explained by the Maker:</span><br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">The reasons for certain design choices may not be clear when simply looking at an object, so this section is intended to give an insight into the thinking behind a design by speaking to the designer themselves.</span><br />
<br />
I had the good fortune to be able to consult Mik Molletta about this knife...<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">(Only available in the full version of this review.)</span><br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=6196" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=6196" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2019/01/Lionsteel-TM1-CF-04.jpg" alt="[Image: Lionsteel-TM1-CF-04.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
In case you were wondering how they fit those IKBs bearings...<br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">(This image is from Lionsteel's TM1 product page.)</span><br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/tm1-bearings.jpg" alt="[Image: tm1-bearings.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">The Blade and Handle - Detailed Measurements:</span><br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">Now even more detailed!</span><br />
Taking things far beyond most knife specifications, in this section I will be carrying out a detailed examination of geometry, balance, edge bevels, factory sharpness and structural edge testing using the industry leading measuring tools.<br />
<br />
These measuring tools include a Vernier protractor, callipers, fixed radius gauges, the unique Arc Master adjustable radius gauge, Edge On Up's BESS Certified PT50A and SET tester along with CATRA's Hobbigoni LASER Edge Protractor.<br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">The BESS 'C' scale of sharpness (Brubacher Edge Sharpness Scale) will be used to verify the sharpness of the factory edge and allow the knife to be brought to a minimum standard sharpness before testing a blade's cutting performance.</span><br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=6196" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2019/01/Lionsteel-TM1-CF-05.jpg" alt="[Image: Lionsteel-TM1-CF-05.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The measurements have been tabulated and are presented along with a few reference blades. The 'Balance relative to the front of the handle' tells you if the knife will feel front heavy, or if the weight is in your hand (a positive value means the weight is forward of the front of the handle). The 'Balance relative to the centre of the handle' indicates how close to a 'neutral balance' the knife has in the hand.<br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=6196" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2019/01/Lionsteel-TM1-CF-06.jpg" alt="[Image: Lionsteel-TM1-CF-06.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">(Table only available in the full version of this review.)</span><br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=6196" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
The blade is made from Sleipner 60-61 HRC steel.<br />
<br />
The TM1's factory edge has an average BESS 'C' sharpness of 342. This was acceptable as it would slice 80gsm paper, but not to the level I like so I brought the edge to  15 degree per-side and 200 BESS for testing the knife.<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">What it is like to use?</span><br />
Lionsteel's TM1 is a pleasant contradiction as it is a 'heavy folder' yet at the same time it is a 'lightweight folder' (for its size) thanks to the carbon-fibre handle. Although the blade is a substantial 4.5mm, making it massively strong, and the handle is matched to the blade perfectly, the TM1 is light and easy to carry.<br />
<br />
Thanks to its one piece sculpted handle and back-lock, the grip is excellent for a folder. A fully integral finger guard makes the grip super stable and more than a match for that powerful blade.<br />
<br />
Opening is silky as the blade swings out smoothly and effortlessly on those ball bearings. If you hold the handle and push the lock bar in fully, the blade actually becomes completely free to swing (without the lock bar pressing on it) and does so with no resistance at all. Not being a flipper I had wondered if it was worth using the ball bearings, but it is - the opening is just so slick. The thumb opener has been shaped into a ramp and gives a larger contact area for your thumb than studs do, and this makes it quite a bit more comfortable to use.<br />
<br />
Then there is that snap of the lock; so crisp, precise and solid, and so satisfying. It makes you want to keep on opening it up. (Warning - you might annoy your family or work colleagues with this knife.)<br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=6196" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2019/01/Lionsteel-TM1-CF-07.jpg" alt="[Image: Lionsteel-TM1-CF-07.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
This is the first 'reverse-tanto' blade I've used, however the principle is not far from a clip-point, just a smaller clip, keeping the tip very strong. Slightly odd looking, it has proven to be highly usable. No issues with the tip's puncturing ability even though the point angle is 71 degrees. The tip looks extremely strong, but as yet I've not had a reason to really put this to the test (no car doors have jumped out at me and needed cutting into).<br />
<br />
So 'Sleipner' in a folder? I was a little unsure about this choice with the reports of corrosion, and the fact it is not a stainless steel having only 7.8% Cr. I decided that during the course of the testing I would not use any oils or other blade protection, and have been using this knife for around six months for a variety of tasks, including with foods, and with one in particular that is normally very harsh - banana! Opening and fishing about in boil-in-the-bag foods so getting a good dose of heat and steam, pocket time, handling and at best a little wipe down.<br />
<br />
It is possible that the blade has been lacquered but I can't see any evidence this has been done, and I reground the cutting edge bevel, so I know that is bare steel. To date there has not been any sign of corrosion. I had expected to have to intervene and remove some spotting as I haven't been caring for the blade steel. This is not the same as specifically abusing it or really trying to get it to corrode, but the testing has been normal use with little to no attempts to protect it beyond a wipe from time to time.<br />
<br />
I'll have to say I'm still a little wary that this might need more care than I'd like, but so far I've been pleasantly surprised that it has not been noticeably susceptible to corrosion. It is possible the specific heat-treat Mik mentioned may have improved the corrosion resistance of this steel.<br />
<br />
You might have spotted the relatively small looking clip, and like me assumed it was not going to work well. I found I was eating my words though. When I pocket-carried the TM1, that clip had enough clearance to get onto the pocket edge and enough flex to slide into place, yet enough grip to stay put. I had dismissed this clip as an afterthought, but was wrong, it works. The clip can also be removed and refitted on the other side.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">Review Summary</span><br />
<br />
The views expressed in this summary table are from the point of view of the reviewer’s personal use. I am not a member of the armed forces and cannot comment on its use beyond a cutting tool or field/hunting knife.<br />
<br />
Something that might be a ‘pro’ for one user can be a ‘con’ for another, so the comments are categorised based on my requirements. You should consider all points and if they could be beneficial to you.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">[b]Review Summary</span>[/b]<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">_______________________________________________<br />
Things I like<br />
_______________________________________________</span><br />
Superb fit and finish.<br />
Single-piece handle.<br />
Back-lock (Thank you!)<br />
IKBS pivot bearings for super smooth action.<br />
Rock solid lock up.<br />
Lightweight yet 'heavy-build' folder.<br />
Effective clip.<br />
Works for right and left-handed users.<br />
Strong blade.<br />
Comfortable thumb opening ramp.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">_______________________________________________<br />
What doesn't work so well for me<br />
_______________________________________________</span><br />
Sleipner steel - I don't like the threat of corrosion hanging over a fantastic knife.<br />
Nothing else.<br />
<br />
<div style="text-align: center;" class="mycode_align"><a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=6196" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/Click-for-more-V5-800resized-first.png" alt="[Image: Click-for-more-V5-800resized-first.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
(Moderators, there is a reciprocal link at the end of every review on Tactical Reviews.)<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/Round-Sticker-V1-0.png" alt="[Image: Round-Sticker-V1-0.png]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
</div>]]></content:encoded>
		</item>
		<item>
			<title><![CDATA[Knife Review: Spyderco Sliverax]]></title>
			<link>http://bessex.com/forum/showthread.php?tid=393</link>
			<pubDate>Fri, 12 Oct 2018 13:50:58 +0000</pubDate>
			<guid isPermaLink="false">http://bessex.com/forum/showthread.php?tid=393</guid>
			<description><![CDATA[The Spyderco Sliverax is a design by automotive engineer and knife enthusiast Paul Alexander. It is the first production folding knife to combine a flipper opener with Spyderco’s Compression Lock mechanism, and is Paul's second collaboration with Spyderco. Sleek lines and a pronounced positive rake to the blade give the Sliverax a distinctive and purposeful look.<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Spyderco-Silverax-00-feature-P1310129.jpg" alt="[Image: Spyderco-Silverax-00-feature-P1310129.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<div style="text-align: center;" class="mycode_align"><span style="color: Indigo;" class="mycode_color"><span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br />
Author's Statement for Transparency and Disclosure<br />
The test sample/s featured in this article have been provided for technical testing and review by the manufacturer. Test samples are retained by the reviewer following publication of the completed review for the purposes of long term testing and product comparisons.<br />
<br />
All output figures and test results published in this review are the sole work of the reviewer, and are carried out independently and without bias. Test results are reported as found, with no embellishments or alteration. Though best endeavours are made to maintain the accuracy of test equipment, the accuracy of these results is not guaranteed and is subject to the test equipment functioning correctly.<br />
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------</span></span></div>
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">New Review Format 2018!</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">Tactical Reviews is known for very detailed reviews using many high quality images. This has meant quite a lot of scrolling to read most reviews. In the new format, the review contains 'responsive image galleries' to better display these images as a slide show with captions.<br />
NOTE: Unfortunately these galleries cannot be pasted into forum threads.</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">A good look round the Sliverax:</span><br />
Things to look out for here are included in the image captions.<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=5986" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Knife-Review_-Spyderco-Sliverax-main.jpg" alt="[Image: Knife-Review_-Spyderco-Sliverax-main.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
(Moderators, there is a reciprocal link at the end of every review on Tactical Reviews.)<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">Explained by the Maker:</span><br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">The reasons for certain design choices may not be clear when simply looking at an object, so this section is intended to give an insight into the thinking behind a design by speaking to the designer themselves.</span><br />
<br />
From Spyderco's product description "Designed by automotive engineer and knife enthusiast Paul Alexander, the Sliverax is the first factory-made folding knife to combine Spyderco’s Compression Lock™ mechanism with a flipper-style opener. Its sleek drop-point blade is crafted from CPM® S30V® stainless steel and proudly includes both a fully accessible Trademark Round Hole™ and an index-finger flipper to support a full spectrum of one-handed opening options with either hand. A full-flat grind gives it outstanding edge geometry and its slightly negative blade-to-handle angle enhances its cutting leverage and shortens its opening arc for swift, positive deployment.<br />
<br />
The Sliverax’s blade is supported by Spyderco’s patented Compression Lock mechanism—a high-strength lock located in the spine of the handle to greatly reduce the risk of unintentional release during use. Its lightweight, open-backed handle design features stunning carbon fiber/G-10 laminate scales and nested stainless steel liners. This advanced construction style provides impressive structural strength, keeps the knife slim and pocket friendly, and offers a solid foundation for the knife’s lock mechanism. To allow convenient carry and keep the Sliverax instantly accessible, its handle includes a reversible deep-pocket wire clip that can be configured for right or left-side tip-up carry."<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">The Blade and Handle Geometry:</span><br />
<br />
Most knife specifications have a basic description of the blade geometry, but in this section I will be taking a more detailed look at geometry and balance.<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Spyderco-Silverax-34-grind-P1320173.jpg" alt="[Image: Spyderco-Silverax-34-grind-P1320173.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Using a set of gauges and precision measuring equipment including a Vernier protractor, callipers, fixed radius gauges and the unique Arc Master adjustable radius gauge (the one that looks like a crossbow).<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/09/Knife-measuring-P1180483.jpg" alt="[Image: Knife-measuring-P1180483.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
These measurements have been tabulated and are presented along with a few reference blades (8" Chef's Knife, 5.5" Santoku and the popular Fällkniven F1).<br />
<br />
Key aspects such as the primary bevel angle, grind type, blade depth, blade thickness, length, weight are detailed, along with balance information.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Spyderco-Silverax-35-bevel-P1320194.jpg" alt="[Image: Spyderco-Silverax-35-bevel-P1320194.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
The 'Balance relative to the front of the handle' tells you if the knife will feel front heavy, or if the weight is in your hand (a positive value means the weight is forward of the front of the handle). The 'Balance relative to the centre of the handle' indicates how close to a 'neutral balance' the knife has in the hand.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Spyderco-Silverax-33-balance-P1320170.jpg" alt="[Image: Spyderco-Silverax-33-balance-P1320170.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<br />
In the case of full convex grinds the approximate centre of the grind is used for the primary bevel angle estimate.<br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=5986" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-100h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-100h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">(Wherever you see the 'Read MORE' marker, it indicates that the Extended Version of the review has additional content at that point. Viewing the extended version helps support further reviews, but please ensure you return to this Forum for comments and discussion.)</span>The blade is made from CPM S30V steel.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">New for 2018! BESS Certified sharpness testing:</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">The BESS 'C' scale of sharpness, developed by Mike Brubacher (Brubacher Edge Sharpness Scale) will now become part of Tactical Reviews' knife testing process. Initially this will be used to verify the sharpness of the factory edge and allow the knife to be brought to a minimum standard sharpness before testing a blade's cutting performance.</span><br />
[foogallery]<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Spyderco-Silverax-32-BESS-P1310315.jpg" alt="[Image: Spyderco-Silverax-32-BESS-P1310315.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<br />
The Sliverax's factory edge has an average BESS 'C' sharpness of 186. This is yet another super sharp factory edge from Spyderco. A figure less than 200 is really good and easily shaves arm hairs and falls through 80gsm paper.<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">What it is like to use?</span><br />
<br />
What struck me on initially handling this knife is how the Sliverax differs from conventional folders with its organic lines and purposeful downward angled blade (positive rake).<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Spyderco-Silverax-31-side-P1310141.jpg" alt="[Image: Spyderco-Silverax-31-side-P1310141.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
When folded it is almost like a worry stone in its pleasing feel and curvy shape. Opening is lightning fast with the flipper, and this speed is in part due to the blade's positive rake, meaning the blade only has to rotate 160 degrees to open, instead of 180 degrees. Of course the pivot's captive ball bearings also guide the blade with virtually no resistance at all.<br />
<br />
Having a fully exposed opening hole from both sides makes it very comfortable and easy to thumb-open with either hand. The clip can be fitted to either side, so the Sliverax is truly ambidextrous. The only aspect that is slightly handed is a one-handed close. I certainly found it easier to unlock the compression lock one handed using my right hand.<br />
<br />
For the opening hole to be fully exposed, and to not have a Spyderco 'hump', a lot of the handle has been cut away making the handle at the first and second fingers very thin. As well as accentuating the rake of the blade further, it also makes a full hand grip a little awkward as the fingers don't have much to hold. However it does provide a deep finger guard so the chance your hand might slip forward is very low.<br />
<br />
I tend to prefer thumb-opening blades for several reasons. In fact, in the UK where I am based, flippers are too close to switchblades for comfort, so a nicely controlled thumb-open goes down much better. This leads me to make an observation about the compression lock which I also noted on the Sharman. As I open the blade, my first finger tends to lie over the lock itself, and the lock bar often gives me a little nip as it snaps into place. A minor complaint and easily avoided (if you remember) but mentioned here as an observation.<br />
<br />
Despite being a smooth finish, the Carbon Fibre/G-10 Laminate handle has enough texture to provide positive grip even when wet.<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=5986" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Knife-Review_-Spyderco-Sliverax-using.jpg" alt="[Image: Knife-Review_-Spyderco-Sliverax-using.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
Even without the 'issue' of appearances in the UK, I am personally a bit tired of the flipper. A mechanism where you have to compromise your grip on the knife to be able to press on a flipper tab to literally flick the blade open. Flippers can and do fail to fully open or lock, so much like the fixed blade is your most reliable partner, the two-handed open or the properly thumbed-open blade that is positively taken all the way to the locked position, means you know 100% it is there. If safety and security are your primary aims, then open the blade by manually rotating it all the way.<br />
<br />
This leads me nicely into a couple of modifications I have made to the Sliverax I've been testing. Firstly the removal of the flipper tab. This makes the Sliverax a no-question thumb operated OHO, and has the benefit of removing the protruding flipper tab so it is even more pocket friendly.<br />
<br />
The second modification is one of those things that for me is the sign of a finished knife blade, a sharpening choil. Others will have different opinions, and I'm not saying I'm right, but it is my preference. The end of the cutting edge at the sharpening choil also provide another 'point' for fine accurate cuts, so is not purely an aesthetic addition, but is functional too. <br />
<br />
These images are of the modification I made and posted on Instagram, hence the branding on the images.<br />
<br />
Modifications:<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=5986" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Knife-Review_-Spyderco-Sliverax-modifications.jpg" alt="[Image: Knife-Review_-Spyderco-Sliverax-modifications.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
</a><br />
<br />
In the modified state (allowing me to carry it more), this knife has proven itself over and over and has become a firm favourite. The positive rake makes the blade attack each cut eagerly, with the full flat grind slicing smoothly and efficiently. Its, lightness and pocket friendly finish and shape allow you to forget it is there until you need it. This is a knife I've gone from being uncertain of, to positively wanting to carry and use.<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">Review Summary</span><br />
<br />
The views expressed in this summary table are from the point of view of the reviewer’s personal use. I am not a member of the armed forces and cannot comment on its use beyond a cutting tool or field/hunting knife.<br />
<br />
Something that might be a ‘pro’ for one user can be a ‘con’ for another, so the comments are categorised based on my requirements. You should consider all points and if they could be beneficial to you.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">_______________________________________________<br />
Things I like<br />
_______________________________________________</span><br />
Organic ergonomic flowing lines.<br />
Full Flat Grind S30V blade.<br />
Easy to access opening hole.<br />
Super slick flipping action.<br />
Lightweight and easy to carry.<br />
Blade rake makes for a positive cutting action.<br />
Ambidextrous.<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">_______________________________________________<br />
What doesn't work so well for me<br />
_______________________________________________</span><br />
Handle very thin where the first two fingers grip.<br />
The Compression lock can 'nip' you.<br />
<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Spyderco-Silverax-00-feature-P1310129.jpg" alt="[Image: Spyderco-Silverax-00-feature-P1310129.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<div style="text-align: center;" class="mycode_align"><a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=5986" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/Click-for-more-V5-800resized-first.png" alt="[Image: Click-for-more-V5-800resized-first.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
(Moderators, there is a reciprocal link at the end of every review on Tactical Reviews.)<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/Round-Sticker-V1-0.png" alt="[Image: Round-Sticker-V1-0.png]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/CPF-Trusted-Stamp-200-background.png" alt="[Image: CPF-Trusted-Stamp-200-background.png]" class="mycode_img" /></div>]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[The Spyderco Sliverax is a design by automotive engineer and knife enthusiast Paul Alexander. It is the first production folding knife to combine a flipper opener with Spyderco’s Compression Lock mechanism, and is Paul's second collaboration with Spyderco. Sleek lines and a pronounced positive rake to the blade give the Sliverax a distinctive and purposeful look.<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Spyderco-Silverax-00-feature-P1310129.jpg" alt="[Image: Spyderco-Silverax-00-feature-P1310129.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<div style="text-align: center;" class="mycode_align"><span style="color: Indigo;" class="mycode_color"><span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br />
Author's Statement for Transparency and Disclosure<br />
The test sample/s featured in this article have been provided for technical testing and review by the manufacturer. Test samples are retained by the reviewer following publication of the completed review for the purposes of long term testing and product comparisons.<br />
<br />
All output figures and test results published in this review are the sole work of the reviewer, and are carried out independently and without bias. Test results are reported as found, with no embellishments or alteration. Though best endeavours are made to maintain the accuracy of test equipment, the accuracy of these results is not guaranteed and is subject to the test equipment functioning correctly.<br />
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------</span></span></div>
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">New Review Format 2018!</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">Tactical Reviews is known for very detailed reviews using many high quality images. This has meant quite a lot of scrolling to read most reviews. In the new format, the review contains 'responsive image galleries' to better display these images as a slide show with captions.<br />
NOTE: Unfortunately these galleries cannot be pasted into forum threads.</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">A good look round the Sliverax:</span><br />
Things to look out for here are included in the image captions.<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=5986" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Knife-Review_-Spyderco-Sliverax-main.jpg" alt="[Image: Knife-Review_-Spyderco-Sliverax-main.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
(Moderators, there is a reciprocal link at the end of every review on Tactical Reviews.)<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">Explained by the Maker:</span><br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">The reasons for certain design choices may not be clear when simply looking at an object, so this section is intended to give an insight into the thinking behind a design by speaking to the designer themselves.</span><br />
<br />
From Spyderco's product description "Designed by automotive engineer and knife enthusiast Paul Alexander, the Sliverax is the first factory-made folding knife to combine Spyderco’s Compression Lock™ mechanism with a flipper-style opener. Its sleek drop-point blade is crafted from CPM® S30V® stainless steel and proudly includes both a fully accessible Trademark Round Hole™ and an index-finger flipper to support a full spectrum of one-handed opening options with either hand. A full-flat grind gives it outstanding edge geometry and its slightly negative blade-to-handle angle enhances its cutting leverage and shortens its opening arc for swift, positive deployment.<br />
<br />
The Sliverax’s blade is supported by Spyderco’s patented Compression Lock mechanism—a high-strength lock located in the spine of the handle to greatly reduce the risk of unintentional release during use. Its lightweight, open-backed handle design features stunning carbon fiber/G-10 laminate scales and nested stainless steel liners. This advanced construction style provides impressive structural strength, keeps the knife slim and pocket friendly, and offers a solid foundation for the knife’s lock mechanism. To allow convenient carry and keep the Sliverax instantly accessible, its handle includes a reversible deep-pocket wire clip that can be configured for right or left-side tip-up carry."<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">The Blade and Handle Geometry:</span><br />
<br />
Most knife specifications have a basic description of the blade geometry, but in this section I will be taking a more detailed look at geometry and balance.<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Spyderco-Silverax-34-grind-P1320173.jpg" alt="[Image: Spyderco-Silverax-34-grind-P1320173.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Using a set of gauges and precision measuring equipment including a Vernier protractor, callipers, fixed radius gauges and the unique Arc Master adjustable radius gauge (the one that looks like a crossbow).<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/09/Knife-measuring-P1180483.jpg" alt="[Image: Knife-measuring-P1180483.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
These measurements have been tabulated and are presented along with a few reference blades (8" Chef's Knife, 5.5" Santoku and the popular Fällkniven F1).<br />
<br />
Key aspects such as the primary bevel angle, grind type, blade depth, blade thickness, length, weight are detailed, along with balance information.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Spyderco-Silverax-35-bevel-P1320194.jpg" alt="[Image: Spyderco-Silverax-35-bevel-P1320194.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
The 'Balance relative to the front of the handle' tells you if the knife will feel front heavy, or if the weight is in your hand (a positive value means the weight is forward of the front of the handle). The 'Balance relative to the centre of the handle' indicates how close to a 'neutral balance' the knife has in the hand.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Spyderco-Silverax-33-balance-P1320170.jpg" alt="[Image: Spyderco-Silverax-33-balance-P1320170.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<br />
In the case of full convex grinds the approximate centre of the grind is used for the primary bevel angle estimate.<br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=5986" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-100h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-100h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">(Wherever you see the 'Read MORE' marker, it indicates that the Extended Version of the review has additional content at that point. Viewing the extended version helps support further reviews, but please ensure you return to this Forum for comments and discussion.)</span>The blade is made from CPM S30V steel.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">New for 2018! BESS Certified sharpness testing:</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">The BESS 'C' scale of sharpness, developed by Mike Brubacher (Brubacher Edge Sharpness Scale) will now become part of Tactical Reviews' knife testing process. Initially this will be used to verify the sharpness of the factory edge and allow the knife to be brought to a minimum standard sharpness before testing a blade's cutting performance.</span><br />
[foogallery]<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Spyderco-Silverax-32-BESS-P1310315.jpg" alt="[Image: Spyderco-Silverax-32-BESS-P1310315.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<br />
The Sliverax's factory edge has an average BESS 'C' sharpness of 186. This is yet another super sharp factory edge from Spyderco. A figure less than 200 is really good and easily shaves arm hairs and falls through 80gsm paper.<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">What it is like to use?</span><br />
<br />
What struck me on initially handling this knife is how the Sliverax differs from conventional folders with its organic lines and purposeful downward angled blade (positive rake).<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Spyderco-Silverax-31-side-P1310141.jpg" alt="[Image: Spyderco-Silverax-31-side-P1310141.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
When folded it is almost like a worry stone in its pleasing feel and curvy shape. Opening is lightning fast with the flipper, and this speed is in part due to the blade's positive rake, meaning the blade only has to rotate 160 degrees to open, instead of 180 degrees. Of course the pivot's captive ball bearings also guide the blade with virtually no resistance at all.<br />
<br />
Having a fully exposed opening hole from both sides makes it very comfortable and easy to thumb-open with either hand. The clip can be fitted to either side, so the Sliverax is truly ambidextrous. The only aspect that is slightly handed is a one-handed close. I certainly found it easier to unlock the compression lock one handed using my right hand.<br />
<br />
For the opening hole to be fully exposed, and to not have a Spyderco 'hump', a lot of the handle has been cut away making the handle at the first and second fingers very thin. As well as accentuating the rake of the blade further, it also makes a full hand grip a little awkward as the fingers don't have much to hold. However it does provide a deep finger guard so the chance your hand might slip forward is very low.<br />
<br />
I tend to prefer thumb-opening blades for several reasons. In fact, in the UK where I am based, flippers are too close to switchblades for comfort, so a nicely controlled thumb-open goes down much better. This leads me to make an observation about the compression lock which I also noted on the Sharman. As I open the blade, my first finger tends to lie over the lock itself, and the lock bar often gives me a little nip as it snaps into place. A minor complaint and easily avoided (if you remember) but mentioned here as an observation.<br />
<br />
Despite being a smooth finish, the Carbon Fibre/G-10 Laminate handle has enough texture to provide positive grip even when wet.<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=5986" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Knife-Review_-Spyderco-Sliverax-using.jpg" alt="[Image: Knife-Review_-Spyderco-Sliverax-using.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
Even without the 'issue' of appearances in the UK, I am personally a bit tired of the flipper. A mechanism where you have to compromise your grip on the knife to be able to press on a flipper tab to literally flick the blade open. Flippers can and do fail to fully open or lock, so much like the fixed blade is your most reliable partner, the two-handed open or the properly thumbed-open blade that is positively taken all the way to the locked position, means you know 100% it is there. If safety and security are your primary aims, then open the blade by manually rotating it all the way.<br />
<br />
This leads me nicely into a couple of modifications I have made to the Sliverax I've been testing. Firstly the removal of the flipper tab. This makes the Sliverax a no-question thumb operated OHO, and has the benefit of removing the protruding flipper tab so it is even more pocket friendly.<br />
<br />
The second modification is one of those things that for me is the sign of a finished knife blade, a sharpening choil. Others will have different opinions, and I'm not saying I'm right, but it is my preference. The end of the cutting edge at the sharpening choil also provide another 'point' for fine accurate cuts, so is not purely an aesthetic addition, but is functional too. <br />
<br />
These images are of the modification I made and posted on Instagram, hence the branding on the images.<br />
<br />
Modifications:<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=5986" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Knife-Review_-Spyderco-Sliverax-modifications.jpg" alt="[Image: Knife-Review_-Spyderco-Sliverax-modifications.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
</a><br />
<br />
In the modified state (allowing me to carry it more), this knife has proven itself over and over and has become a firm favourite. The positive rake makes the blade attack each cut eagerly, with the full flat grind slicing smoothly and efficiently. Its, lightness and pocket friendly finish and shape allow you to forget it is there until you need it. This is a knife I've gone from being uncertain of, to positively wanting to carry and use.<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">Review Summary</span><br />
<br />
The views expressed in this summary table are from the point of view of the reviewer’s personal use. I am not a member of the armed forces and cannot comment on its use beyond a cutting tool or field/hunting knife.<br />
<br />
Something that might be a ‘pro’ for one user can be a ‘con’ for another, so the comments are categorised based on my requirements. You should consider all points and if they could be beneficial to you.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">_______________________________________________<br />
Things I like<br />
_______________________________________________</span><br />
Organic ergonomic flowing lines.<br />
Full Flat Grind S30V blade.<br />
Easy to access opening hole.<br />
Super slick flipping action.<br />
Lightweight and easy to carry.<br />
Blade rake makes for a positive cutting action.<br />
Ambidextrous.<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">_______________________________________________<br />
What doesn't work so well for me<br />
_______________________________________________</span><br />
Handle very thin where the first two fingers grip.<br />
The Compression lock can 'nip' you.<br />
<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Spyderco-Silverax-00-feature-P1310129.jpg" alt="[Image: Spyderco-Silverax-00-feature-P1310129.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<div style="text-align: center;" class="mycode_align"><a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=5986" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/Click-for-more-V5-800resized-first.png" alt="[Image: Click-for-more-V5-800resized-first.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
(Moderators, there is a reciprocal link at the end of every review on Tactical Reviews.)<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/Round-Sticker-V1-0.png" alt="[Image: Round-Sticker-V1-0.png]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/CPF-Trusted-Stamp-200-background.png" alt="[Image: CPF-Trusted-Stamp-200-background.png]" class="mycode_img" /></div>]]></content:encoded>
		</item>
		<item>
			<title><![CDATA[Knife Review: Hinderer Knives XM-Slippy]]></title>
			<link>http://bessex.com/forum/showthread.php?tid=339</link>
			<pubDate>Mon, 02 Jul 2018 10:59:51 +0000</pubDate>
			<guid isPermaLink="false">http://bessex.com/forum/showthread.php?tid=339</guid>
			<description><![CDATA[Hinderer Knives' XM-Slippy was designed to answer the high demand from the European market for a Rick Hinderer knife that could be carried in areas with more restrictive knife carry laws; as its name suggests, it is a slip-joint knife. The knife was debuted at IWA 2017 and is currently entering into its second production run. The XM-Slippy shown in this review is a first run knife and externally there is no visible change when compared to the second run. Designed to be as universally EDC legal as possible, the thumb disc can easily be removed for two-handed opening if required.<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/00-Hinderer-XM-Slippy-feature-P1300856.jpg" alt="[Image: 00-Hinderer-XM-Slippy-feature-P1300856.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">New Review Format 2018!</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">Tactical Reviews is known for very detailed reviews using many high quality images. This has meant quite a lot of scrolling to read most reviews. In the new format, the review contains 'responsive image galleries' to better display these images as a slide show with captions.<br />
NOTE: Unfortunately these galleries cannot be pasted into forum threads.</span><br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2997" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-100h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-100h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">(Wherever you see the 'Read MORE' marker, it indicates that the Extended Version of the review has additional content at that point. Viewing the extended version helps support further reviews, but please ensure you return to this Forum for comments and discussion.)</span><br />
(Moderators, there is a reciprocal link at the end of every review on Tactical Reviews.)<br />
<br />
<div style="text-align: center;" class="mycode_align"><span style="color: Indigo;" class="mycode_color"><span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br />
Author's Statement for Transparency and Disclosure<br />
The test sample/s featured in this article have been provided for technical testing and review by the manufacturer. Test samples are retained by the reviewer following publication of the completed review for the purposes of long term testing and product comparisons.<br />
<br />
All output figures and test results published in this review are the sole work of the reviewer, and are carried out independently and without bias. Test results are reported as found, with no embellishments or alteration. Though best endeavours are made to maintain the accuracy of test equipment, the accuracy of these results is not guaranteed and is subject to the test equipment functioning correctly.<br />
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------</span></span></div>
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">A few more details:</span><br />
<br />
For the following galleries please click<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2997" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">What's in the box?:</span><br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">A good look round the XM-Slippy - Things to look out for here are:</span><br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">Rick Hinderer's Thumb Disc:</span><br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">The XM-Slippy with Thumb Disc removed:</span><br />
<br />
This example has the VERY orange G10 handles, but the XM-Slippy is also available in much more neutral colours. The stonewashed steel pocket clip is fitted by default in the tip down position and is pretty thick and sturdy (also read 'stiff').<br />
One design aspect needs a little more attention; the smoothing/easing of all edges. A very obvious example of this are the edges of the back-spring, and the bevelled edges provide shadow lines along the back of the handle. The fact all edges are eased/rounded gives it a distinct look and feel and a great comfort in the hand and pocket. Some might criticise the fact that the H doesn't look as tight as they would expect, but this is as it should be; the combination of the easing and the fact there is an internal stop-pin results in this appearance, the blade itself is spot on and perfectly positioned.<br />
Peering into the liners, you can see the very end of the clip screws just coming through the liner, but there is no contact with the blade; it does mean the screws are as stable as they possibly could be as they fill the threaded hole completely.<br />
<br />
The Hinderer adjustable thumb disc uses a small grub screw (0.035" Allen key) to secure it in place. The Thumb Disc channel is the same on both sides of the CPM20CV blade, forming a T-shaped section that the thumb disc slides onto. The thumb disc can be positioned anywhere along the channel, or removed, allowing the user to find the best location for them.<br />
<br />
If you need to disable OHO or prefer the look without the thumb disc you have the choice as the thumb disc can be completely removed.<br />
The thumb disc slot also acts like a large nail-nick giving you something to grip to open the blade.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">Explained by the Maker:</span><br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">The reasons for certain design choices may not be clear when simply looking at an object, so this section is intended to give an insight into the thinking behind a design by speaking to the designer themselves.</span><br />
<br />
While at IWA 2018 I had the good fortune to be able to talk to Rick Hinderer about this knife.<br />
<br />
[video]https://youtu.be/DNBZHDyIIqc[/video]<br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">Video Edited with - Cyberlink Director Suite 5 (PowerDirector 16 and AudioDirector 7)<br />
Camera - Panasonic HC-V770 - Microphone - Tonor TN120308BL</span><br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">The Blade and Handle Geometry:</span><br />
<br />
Most knife specifications have a basic description of the blade geometry, but in this section I will be taking a more detailed look at geometry and balance.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/57-Hinderer-XM-Slippy-grind-P1320159.jpg" alt="[Image: 57-Hinderer-XM-Slippy-grind-P1320159.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Using a set of gauges and precision measuring equipment including a Vernier protractor, callipers, fixed radius gauges and the unique Arc Master adjustable radius gauge (the one that looks like a crossbow).<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/09/Knife-measuring-P1180483.jpg" alt="[Image: Knife-measuring-P1180483.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<br />
These measurements have been tabulated and are presented along with a few reference blades (8" Chef's Knife, 5.5" Santoku and the popular Fällkniven F1).<br />
<br />
Key aspects such as the primary bevel angle, grind type, blade depth, blade thickness, length, weight are detailed, along with balance information.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/58-Hinderer-XM-Slippy-bevel-P1320183.jpg" alt="[Image: 58-Hinderer-XM-Slippy-bevel-P1320183.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
The 'Balance relative to the front of the handle' tells you if the knife will feel front heavy, or if the weight is in your hand (a positive value means the weight is forward of the front of the handle). The 'Balance relative to the centre of the handle' indicates how close to a 'neutral balance' the knife has in the hand.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/56-Hinderer-XM-Slippy-balance-P1320154.jpg" alt="[Image: 56-Hinderer-XM-Slippy-balance-P1320154.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
In the case of full convex grinds the approximate centre of the grind is used for the primary bevel angle estimate.<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/xm-slippy-parameters.jpg" alt="[Image: xm-slippy-parameters.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
The blade is made from CPM20CV steel.<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">New for 2018! BESS Certified sharpness testing:</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">The BESS 'C' scale of sharpness, developed by Mike Brubacher (Brubacher Edge Sharpness Scale) will now become part of Tactical Reviews' knife testing process. Initially this will be used to verify the sharpness of the factory edge and allow the knife to be brought to a minimum standard sharpness before testing a blade's cutting performance.</span><br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/55-Hinderer-XM-Slippy-bess-P1310309.jpg" alt="[Image: 55-Hinderer-XM-Slippy-bess-P1310309.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
The XM-Slippy's factory edge has an average BESS 'C' sharpness of 399. This was a show exhibit knife, so I would not comment on the absolute sharpness after all the handling and trying out it has had. As it was, the edge didn't appear to have any rolling or damage, and with this edge would slice 80gsm well enough although not the cleanest of cut.<br />
For testing I have taken the edge to a 30 degree inclusive angle and a BESS score of 200, at which point it is shaving arm hair with ease.<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">What it is like to use?</span><br />
<br />
Colour is a matter of taste, and for me the Orange is perfect. I like to see where I've put down important tools, or worst case dropped/lost, but moving beyond the Oranginess...<br />
There is a finesse to the overall finish which starts to sink in the more you use it. The XM-SLippy, has only one sharp edge, exactly where it should be. All the other corners are smoothed so that nothing catches on your hands, gloves or pockets. I cannot stress enough how much this adds to the quality feel as nothing 'jars' while you handle or use it. Some knives have an unrelenting crispness to their finish and this can mean that edges are sharp, the corners of liners, blade stop, back-spring etc, all of which can become fatiguing to your hands and pockets - not so with the XM-Slippy.<br />
Many slip-joints use a half-stop position for the blade, and in a two handed opener I don't object to this, but for a one-handed-opener, I find this a big no-no. The XM-Slippy has no half-stop, so the blade swings out smoothly all the way to snap into the open position without interruption. In my view this is exactly as it should be for a OHO, slip-joint or not. There are some that argue that the half-stop add to the safety in case of accidental closing, so the blade doesn't close on your fingers. I'd counter that by saying that if your slip-joint is closing on you, you are not using it correctly, and if you have sufficient force to start closing the blade onto your fingers it is quite likely to keep going through a half-stop anyway. Rick has definitely got this right.<br />
A design feature shown in the gallery is the relatively large choil. This is not really a finger choil, though can be used as such carefully, and it is too large for a sharpening choil. Instead its design purpose is so that if the blade is closed onto your fingers, it is the choil that actually hits your finger (see gallery) giving you some protection from injury.<br />
Being based on the XM platform, the look is of course familiar, but it also includes some jimping which might be a little overkill for a slip-joint. The forward thumb grip is useful, but clearly when applying a lot of force with a slip-joint you need to be careful. There is jimping for a reverse grip and I'd say it is wholly unsuitable to use a slip-joint with a reverse grip, so don't take its presence as a suggestion to use the XM-Slippy like this.<br />
Rick has designed in easy user customisation for the XM-Slippy; starting with the pocket clip, which has two options, tip-up or tip-down. Keeping the refined finish complete, there is a blanking plate to fill in the alternate clip position, and swapping the pocket clip position is nice and easy. Using a standard Phillips screwdriver, simply undo the two screws holding the pocket clip and the two holding the blanking plate. Swap round and replace the screws...but wait, there is the next part. With the pocket clip off the knife, there is only a single screw holding the handle scale on. Take out that last screw and the G10 scale can be lifted off. Its fit is beautifully precise. A nice feature when swapping the handle scales is that with the scale removed, the knife is still fully functional, as the liners are held together with other fixings.<br />
This example is fitted with the Hinderer 'slicer' blade which is an excellent general purpose blade shape for an EDC knife.<br />
Is the adjustable thumb disc a gimmick? Maybe, maybe not. Though I can never see the extreme positions you could put the disc being used by anyone, the length of the thumb disc slot looks right for the proportions of the blade. Even small adjustments can make a big difference for your experience of using the knife, so don't be afraid to move it about and try. I've settled on a position that is different to all my other knives with thumb stud /disc. Then of course you can take it off, if you are visiting an area where the law does not permit one-handed-opening. I have found the thumb disc slot does collect a bit of pocket dust, but nothing compared to a pivot or the handles, so not to worry, and anything other than a perfectly plain blade will fail the 'peanut butter' test anyway.<br />
The factory/show edge needed attention before I started to really use it, and the CPM20CV proved to be very easy to sharpen and took a razor edge with very little work. My current sharpening method is to use a small belt sander (120 grit with a light touch) with bevel angle guide to reprofile to 15 degrees per side followed by a good stropping with a polishing compound, the edge on this blade simply wanted to be super sharp.<br />
<br />
For the Gallery Click<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2997" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">Review Summary</span><br />
<br />
The views expressed in this summary table are from the point of view of the reviewer’s personal use. I am not a member of the armed forces and cannot comment on its use beyond a cutting tool or field/hunting knife.<br />
<br />
Something that might be a ‘pro’ for one user can be a ‘con’ for another, so the comments are categorised based on my requirements. You should consider all points and if they could be beneficial to you.<br />
<br />
_______________________________________________<br />
Things I like<br />
_______________________________________________<br />
High quality fit and finish.<br />
Adjustable / removable thumb disc.<br />
All edges smoothed making it especially hand and pocket friendly.<br />
CPM20CV steel takes a super sharp edge (with ease - depending on your sharpener).<br />
Pocket clip can be positioned for tip-up or tip-down use.<br />
Simple to replace/change handle scales.<br />
<br />
_______________________________________________<br />
What doesn't work so well for me<br />
_______________________________________________<br />
Expensive when compared to most slip-joint knives.<br />
Pocket clip a bit tight for my taste.<br />
<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/00-Hinderer-XM-Slippy-feature-P1300928.jpg" alt="[Image: 00-Hinderer-XM-Slippy-feature-P1300928.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<div style="text-align: center;" class="mycode_align"><a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2997" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/Click-for-more-V5-800resized-first.png" alt="[Image: Click-for-more-V5-800resized-first.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
(Moderators, there is a reciprocal link at the end of every review on Tactical Reviews.)<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/Round-Sticker-V1-0.png" alt="[Image: Round-Sticker-V1-0.png]" class="mycode_img" /></div>]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[Hinderer Knives' XM-Slippy was designed to answer the high demand from the European market for a Rick Hinderer knife that could be carried in areas with more restrictive knife carry laws; as its name suggests, it is a slip-joint knife. The knife was debuted at IWA 2017 and is currently entering into its second production run. The XM-Slippy shown in this review is a first run knife and externally there is no visible change when compared to the second run. Designed to be as universally EDC legal as possible, the thumb disc can easily be removed for two-handed opening if required.<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/00-Hinderer-XM-Slippy-feature-P1300856.jpg" alt="[Image: 00-Hinderer-XM-Slippy-feature-P1300856.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">New Review Format 2018!</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">Tactical Reviews is known for very detailed reviews using many high quality images. This has meant quite a lot of scrolling to read most reviews. In the new format, the review contains 'responsive image galleries' to better display these images as a slide show with captions.<br />
NOTE: Unfortunately these galleries cannot be pasted into forum threads.</span><br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2997" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-100h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-100h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">(Wherever you see the 'Read MORE' marker, it indicates that the Extended Version of the review has additional content at that point. Viewing the extended version helps support further reviews, but please ensure you return to this Forum for comments and discussion.)</span><br />
(Moderators, there is a reciprocal link at the end of every review on Tactical Reviews.)<br />
<br />
<div style="text-align: center;" class="mycode_align"><span style="color: Indigo;" class="mycode_color"><span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br />
Author's Statement for Transparency and Disclosure<br />
The test sample/s featured in this article have been provided for technical testing and review by the manufacturer. Test samples are retained by the reviewer following publication of the completed review for the purposes of long term testing and product comparisons.<br />
<br />
All output figures and test results published in this review are the sole work of the reviewer, and are carried out independently and without bias. Test results are reported as found, with no embellishments or alteration. Though best endeavours are made to maintain the accuracy of test equipment, the accuracy of these results is not guaranteed and is subject to the test equipment functioning correctly.<br />
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------</span></span></div>
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">A few more details:</span><br />
<br />
For the following galleries please click<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2997" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">What's in the box?:</span><br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">A good look round the XM-Slippy - Things to look out for here are:</span><br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">Rick Hinderer's Thumb Disc:</span><br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">The XM-Slippy with Thumb Disc removed:</span><br />
<br />
This example has the VERY orange G10 handles, but the XM-Slippy is also available in much more neutral colours. The stonewashed steel pocket clip is fitted by default in the tip down position and is pretty thick and sturdy (also read 'stiff').<br />
One design aspect needs a little more attention; the smoothing/easing of all edges. A very obvious example of this are the edges of the back-spring, and the bevelled edges provide shadow lines along the back of the handle. The fact all edges are eased/rounded gives it a distinct look and feel and a great comfort in the hand and pocket. Some might criticise the fact that the H doesn't look as tight as they would expect, but this is as it should be; the combination of the easing and the fact there is an internal stop-pin results in this appearance, the blade itself is spot on and perfectly positioned.<br />
Peering into the liners, you can see the very end of the clip screws just coming through the liner, but there is no contact with the blade; it does mean the screws are as stable as they possibly could be as they fill the threaded hole completely.<br />
<br />
The Hinderer adjustable thumb disc uses a small grub screw (0.035" Allen key) to secure it in place. The Thumb Disc channel is the same on both sides of the CPM20CV blade, forming a T-shaped section that the thumb disc slides onto. The thumb disc can be positioned anywhere along the channel, or removed, allowing the user to find the best location for them.<br />
<br />
If you need to disable OHO or prefer the look without the thumb disc you have the choice as the thumb disc can be completely removed.<br />
The thumb disc slot also acts like a large nail-nick giving you something to grip to open the blade.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">Explained by the Maker:</span><br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">The reasons for certain design choices may not be clear when simply looking at an object, so this section is intended to give an insight into the thinking behind a design by speaking to the designer themselves.</span><br />
<br />
While at IWA 2018 I had the good fortune to be able to talk to Rick Hinderer about this knife.<br />
<br />
[video]https://youtu.be/DNBZHDyIIqc[/video]<br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">Video Edited with - Cyberlink Director Suite 5 (PowerDirector 16 and AudioDirector 7)<br />
Camera - Panasonic HC-V770 - Microphone - Tonor TN120308BL</span><br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">The Blade and Handle Geometry:</span><br />
<br />
Most knife specifications have a basic description of the blade geometry, but in this section I will be taking a more detailed look at geometry and balance.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/57-Hinderer-XM-Slippy-grind-P1320159.jpg" alt="[Image: 57-Hinderer-XM-Slippy-grind-P1320159.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Using a set of gauges and precision measuring equipment including a Vernier protractor, callipers, fixed radius gauges and the unique Arc Master adjustable radius gauge (the one that looks like a crossbow).<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/09/Knife-measuring-P1180483.jpg" alt="[Image: Knife-measuring-P1180483.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<br />
These measurements have been tabulated and are presented along with a few reference blades (8" Chef's Knife, 5.5" Santoku and the popular Fällkniven F1).<br />
<br />
Key aspects such as the primary bevel angle, grind type, blade depth, blade thickness, length, weight are detailed, along with balance information.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/58-Hinderer-XM-Slippy-bevel-P1320183.jpg" alt="[Image: 58-Hinderer-XM-Slippy-bevel-P1320183.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
The 'Balance relative to the front of the handle' tells you if the knife will feel front heavy, or if the weight is in your hand (a positive value means the weight is forward of the front of the handle). The 'Balance relative to the centre of the handle' indicates how close to a 'neutral balance' the knife has in the hand.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/56-Hinderer-XM-Slippy-balance-P1320154.jpg" alt="[Image: 56-Hinderer-XM-Slippy-balance-P1320154.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
In the case of full convex grinds the approximate centre of the grind is used for the primary bevel angle estimate.<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/xm-slippy-parameters.jpg" alt="[Image: xm-slippy-parameters.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
The blade is made from CPM20CV steel.<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">New for 2018! BESS Certified sharpness testing:</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">The BESS 'C' scale of sharpness, developed by Mike Brubacher (Brubacher Edge Sharpness Scale) will now become part of Tactical Reviews' knife testing process. Initially this will be used to verify the sharpness of the factory edge and allow the knife to be brought to a minimum standard sharpness before testing a blade's cutting performance.</span><br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/55-Hinderer-XM-Slippy-bess-P1310309.jpg" alt="[Image: 55-Hinderer-XM-Slippy-bess-P1310309.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
The XM-Slippy's factory edge has an average BESS 'C' sharpness of 399. This was a show exhibit knife, so I would not comment on the absolute sharpness after all the handling and trying out it has had. As it was, the edge didn't appear to have any rolling or damage, and with this edge would slice 80gsm well enough although not the cleanest of cut.<br />
For testing I have taken the edge to a 30 degree inclusive angle and a BESS score of 200, at which point it is shaving arm hair with ease.<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">What it is like to use?</span><br />
<br />
Colour is a matter of taste, and for me the Orange is perfect. I like to see where I've put down important tools, or worst case dropped/lost, but moving beyond the Oranginess...<br />
There is a finesse to the overall finish which starts to sink in the more you use it. The XM-SLippy, has only one sharp edge, exactly where it should be. All the other corners are smoothed so that nothing catches on your hands, gloves or pockets. I cannot stress enough how much this adds to the quality feel as nothing 'jars' while you handle or use it. Some knives have an unrelenting crispness to their finish and this can mean that edges are sharp, the corners of liners, blade stop, back-spring etc, all of which can become fatiguing to your hands and pockets - not so with the XM-Slippy.<br />
Many slip-joints use a half-stop position for the blade, and in a two handed opener I don't object to this, but for a one-handed-opener, I find this a big no-no. The XM-Slippy has no half-stop, so the blade swings out smoothly all the way to snap into the open position without interruption. In my view this is exactly as it should be for a OHO, slip-joint or not. There are some that argue that the half-stop add to the safety in case of accidental closing, so the blade doesn't close on your fingers. I'd counter that by saying that if your slip-joint is closing on you, you are not using it correctly, and if you have sufficient force to start closing the blade onto your fingers it is quite likely to keep going through a half-stop anyway. Rick has definitely got this right.<br />
A design feature shown in the gallery is the relatively large choil. This is not really a finger choil, though can be used as such carefully, and it is too large for a sharpening choil. Instead its design purpose is so that if the blade is closed onto your fingers, it is the choil that actually hits your finger (see gallery) giving you some protection from injury.<br />
Being based on the XM platform, the look is of course familiar, but it also includes some jimping which might be a little overkill for a slip-joint. The forward thumb grip is useful, but clearly when applying a lot of force with a slip-joint you need to be careful. There is jimping for a reverse grip and I'd say it is wholly unsuitable to use a slip-joint with a reverse grip, so don't take its presence as a suggestion to use the XM-Slippy like this.<br />
Rick has designed in easy user customisation for the XM-Slippy; starting with the pocket clip, which has two options, tip-up or tip-down. Keeping the refined finish complete, there is a blanking plate to fill in the alternate clip position, and swapping the pocket clip position is nice and easy. Using a standard Phillips screwdriver, simply undo the two screws holding the pocket clip and the two holding the blanking plate. Swap round and replace the screws...but wait, there is the next part. With the pocket clip off the knife, there is only a single screw holding the handle scale on. Take out that last screw and the G10 scale can be lifted off. Its fit is beautifully precise. A nice feature when swapping the handle scales is that with the scale removed, the knife is still fully functional, as the liners are held together with other fixings.<br />
This example is fitted with the Hinderer 'slicer' blade which is an excellent general purpose blade shape for an EDC knife.<br />
Is the adjustable thumb disc a gimmick? Maybe, maybe not. Though I can never see the extreme positions you could put the disc being used by anyone, the length of the thumb disc slot looks right for the proportions of the blade. Even small adjustments can make a big difference for your experience of using the knife, so don't be afraid to move it about and try. I've settled on a position that is different to all my other knives with thumb stud /disc. Then of course you can take it off, if you are visiting an area where the law does not permit one-handed-opening. I have found the thumb disc slot does collect a bit of pocket dust, but nothing compared to a pivot or the handles, so not to worry, and anything other than a perfectly plain blade will fail the 'peanut butter' test anyway.<br />
The factory/show edge needed attention before I started to really use it, and the CPM20CV proved to be very easy to sharpen and took a razor edge with very little work. My current sharpening method is to use a small belt sander (120 grit with a light touch) with bevel angle guide to reprofile to 15 degrees per side followed by a good stropping with a polishing compound, the edge on this blade simply wanted to be super sharp.<br />
<br />
For the Gallery Click<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2997" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">Review Summary</span><br />
<br />
The views expressed in this summary table are from the point of view of the reviewer’s personal use. I am not a member of the armed forces and cannot comment on its use beyond a cutting tool or field/hunting knife.<br />
<br />
Something that might be a ‘pro’ for one user can be a ‘con’ for another, so the comments are categorised based on my requirements. You should consider all points and if they could be beneficial to you.<br />
<br />
_______________________________________________<br />
Things I like<br />
_______________________________________________<br />
High quality fit and finish.<br />
Adjustable / removable thumb disc.<br />
All edges smoothed making it especially hand and pocket friendly.<br />
CPM20CV steel takes a super sharp edge (with ease - depending on your sharpener).<br />
Pocket clip can be positioned for tip-up or tip-down use.<br />
Simple to replace/change handle scales.<br />
<br />
_______________________________________________<br />
What doesn't work so well for me<br />
_______________________________________________<br />
Expensive when compared to most slip-joint knives.<br />
Pocket clip a bit tight for my taste.<br />
<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/00-Hinderer-XM-Slippy-feature-P1300928.jpg" alt="[Image: 00-Hinderer-XM-Slippy-feature-P1300928.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<div style="text-align: center;" class="mycode_align"><a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2997" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/Click-for-more-V5-800resized-first.png" alt="[Image: Click-for-more-V5-800resized-first.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
(Moderators, there is a reciprocal link at the end of every review on Tactical Reviews.)<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/Round-Sticker-V1-0.png" alt="[Image: Round-Sticker-V1-0.png]" class="mycode_img" /></div>]]></content:encoded>
		</item>
		<item>
			<title><![CDATA[Knife Review: Extrema Ratio RAO II]]></title>
			<link>http://bessex.com/forum/showthread.php?tid=315</link>
			<pubDate>Mon, 30 Apr 2018 13:50:22 +0000</pubDate>
			<guid isPermaLink="false">http://bessex.com/forum/showthread.php?tid=315</guid>
			<description><![CDATA[<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/00-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-feature-P1290666.jpg" alt="[Image: 00-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-feature-P1290666.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Extrema Ratio's RAO II is an update of the original RAO which was developed back in 2006. Designed as a super tough, compact, survival and field knife, the brutish RAO was an immediate modern classic. In 2014, with improved ergonomics and a new drop-point blade, the RAO II widens the appeal of the RAO to those that found the original tanto blade a bit too specialised. On a personal note this is one of those knives I knew had to be in my life, and it has not disappointed.<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/15-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-folded-P1290626.jpg" alt="[Image: 15-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-folded-P1290626.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<div style="text-align: center;" class="mycode_align"><span style="color: Indigo;" class="mycode_color"><span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br />
Author's Statement for Transparency and Disclosure<br />
The test sample/s featured in this article have been provided for technical testing and review by the manufacturer. Test samples are retained by the reviewer following publication of the completed review for the purposes of long term testing and product comparisons.<br />
<br />
All output figures and test results published in this review are the sole work of the reviewer, and are carried out independently and without bias. Test results are reported as found, with no embellishments or alteration. Though best endeavours are made to maintain the accuracy of test equipment, the accuracy of these results is not guaranteed and is subject to the test equipment functioning correctly.<br />
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------</span></span></div>
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">The Blade and Handle Geometry:</span><br />
<br />
Most knife specifications have a basic description of the blade geometry, but in this section I will be taking a more detailed look at geometry and balance.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/43-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-grind-P1300294.jpg" alt="[Image: 43-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-grind-P1300294.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Using a set of gauges and precision measuring equipment including a Vernier protractor, callipers, fixed radius gauges and the unique Arc Master adjustable radius gauge (the one that looks like a crossbow).<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/09/Knife-measuring-P1180483.jpg" alt="[Image: Knife-measuring-P1180483.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<br />
These measurements have been tabulated and are presented along with a few reference blades (8" Chef's Knife, 5.5" Santoku and the popular Fällkniven F1).<br />
<br />
Key aspects such as the primary bevel angle, grind type, blade depth, blade thickness, length, weight are detailed, along with balance information.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/42-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-bevel-P1300289.jpg" alt="[Image: 42-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-bevel-P1300289.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The 'Balance relative to the front of the handle' tells you if the knife will feel front heavy, or if the weight is in your hand (a positive value means the weight is forward of the front of the handle). The 'Balance relative to the centre of the handle' indicates how close to a 'neutral balance' the knife has in the hand.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/41-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-balance-P1300285.jpg" alt="[Image: 41-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-balance-P1300285.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
In the case of full convex grinds the approximate centre of the grind is used for the primary bevel angle estimate.<br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2551" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-100h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-100h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">(Wherever you see the 'Read MORE' marker, it indicates that the Extended Version of the review has additional content at that point. Viewing the extended version helps support further reviews, but please ensure you return to this Forum for comments and discussion.)</span><br />
<br />
The blade is made from Böhler N690Co steel.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">New for 2018! BESS Certified sharpness testing:</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">The BESS 'C' scale of sharpness, developed by Mike Brubacher (Brubacher Edge Sharpness Scale) will now become part of Tactical Reviews' knife testing process. Initially this will be used to verify the sharpness of the factory edge and allow the knife to be brought to a minimum standard sharpness before testing a blade's cutting performance.</span><br />
<br />
The RAO II's factory edge has an average BESS 'C' sharpness of 279. A score below 300 for a factory edge is good and it will slice 80gsm paper nicely and slices into the rounded edge of a doubled over sheet of the same 80gsm paper. Unfortunately a small nick in the original edge catches in some cuts causing some tearing. It is quite common for factory edges to have some flaws, and these can easily be sharpened out, so this is just an observation.<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/48-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-BESS-1-IMG_20180210_160123.jpg" alt="[Image: 48-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-BESS-1-IMG_20180210_160123.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">Explained by the Maker:</span><br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">The reasons for certain design choices may not be clear when simply looking at an object, so this section is intended to give an insight into the thinking behind a design by speaking to the designer themselves.</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">Unfortunately I can’t always get time with the designer so will use this section to include relevant information about the knife and its designer.</span><br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2551" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">A few more details:</span><br />
<br />
Extrema Ratio's knives are always well presented; the RAO II comes in a quality cardboard box.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/01-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-boxed-P1290582.jpg" alt="[Image: 01-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-boxed-P1290582.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Sliding the lid off, shows the RAO II (in a plastic bag) fills the box.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/02-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-box-open-P1290585.jpg" alt="[Image: 02-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-box-open-P1290585.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
The RAO II arrives in its dual purpose sheath. We need to have a closer look at this sheath before we move onto that amazing knife.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/03-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-box-contents-P1290587.jpg" alt="[Image: 03-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-box-contents-P1290587.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
On the back are the MOLLE fitting straps. As supplied they are not woven into the webbing but just held with the press studs.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/04-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-sheath-MOLLE-P1290590.jpg" alt="[Image: 04-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-sheath-MOLLE-P1290590.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
As with most MOLLE mounts, the fit is pretty tight.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/05-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-sheath-MOLLE-adjust-P1290592.jpg" alt="[Image: 05-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-sheath-MOLLE-adjust-P1290592.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
If just using the webbing next to the press studs, the MOLLE straps form a belt loop, which is how I'll be using this for the most part during testing.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/06-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-sheath-MOLLE-belt-P1290595.jpg" alt="[Image: 06-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-sheath-MOLLE-belt-P1290595.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
This dual purpose sheath has a large front pocket with plastic buckle fastener holding down the flap.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/07-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-sheath-P1290600.jpg" alt="[Image: 07-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-sheath-P1290600.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
The flap has another strap attached to it with two press studs. This is the retaining strap for when the sheath is used to carry to opened RAO II.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/08-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-sheath-open-strap-P1290603.jpg" alt="[Image: 08-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-sheath-open-strap-P1290603.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Releasing the strap from the two press studs and now you can see where the blade of the opened knife is inserted.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/09-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-sheath-open-strap2-P1290605.jpg" alt="[Image: 09-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-sheath-open-strap2-P1290605.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Flipping open the flap covering the front pocket and you find the diamond sharpener slipped into a small pocket in front of the main compartment. <br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/10-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-sheath-open-flap-P1290609.jpg" alt="[Image: 10-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-sheath-open-flap-P1290609.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
This sharpener is a steel plate with a diamond pad on it.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/11-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-sharpener-P1290615.jpg" alt="[Image: 11-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-sharpener-P1290615.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2551" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
Out of the box, the RAO II is actually locked shut. We'll look at the special locking/safety pin next.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/17-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-folded-P1290631.jpg" alt="[Image: 17-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-folded-P1290631.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
So, one of the RAO II's special features is its safety locking pin which effectively makes it into a fixed blade knife. This fits through the finger guard and can be fitted with the blade open or folded.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/18-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-pin-P1290634.jpg" alt="[Image: 18-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-pin-P1290634.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
One end of the pin is threaded, so it screws into place.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/19-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-pin-undone-P1290640.jpg" alt="[Image: 19-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-pin-undone-P1290640.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
The pin is on a loop of elastic, so once removed it cannot be dropped or lost (unless the elastic cord is cut).<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/20-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-pin-out-P1290643.jpg" alt="[Image: 20-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-pin-out-P1290643.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2551" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
Now the blade is opened, we can put the safety pin back in place to secure the blade in the open position. There is no getting past that pin.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/24-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-safety-lock-P1290674.jpg" alt="[Image: 24-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-safety-lock-P1290674.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Pivot tension is set using a single sided pivot bolt (the other side is a blank plate). The pivot bolt head has a notched edge which allows it to be securely locked in place using the small screw that fits into one of the twelve notches. With the pivot locking screw in place, the pivot bolt cannot turn at all. You can beat on this knife as hard as you like and that pivot bolt won't come loose.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/25-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-pivot-lock-P1290677.jpg" alt="[Image: 25-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-pivot-lock-P1290677.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
The improved ergonomics are obvious with well rounded edges all round the handle. Extrema Ratio's handle style is recognisable with the first two fingers grip. The RAO II also includes a third and fourth finger grip.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/27-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-handle-P1290681.jpg" alt="[Image: 27-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-handle-P1290681.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2551" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
And now onto that purposeful blade. A drop-point with bayonet grind, the RAO II's blade is very deep. The area where the logo is printed is thinned slightly from the full thickness to provide a grip for opening the blade with. <br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/30-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-blade-P1290699.jpg" alt="[Image: 30-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-blade-P1290699.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
A close look at the blade tip and edge bevel.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/31-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-blade-tip-P1290707.jpg" alt="[Image: 31-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-blade-tip-P1290707.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
The plunge line is well rounded to maximise strength. The slight double-plunge effect here is caused by the primary bevel meeting the blade opening grip and its different radiusing.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/32-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-plunge-P1290708.jpg" alt="[Image: 32-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-plunge-P1290708.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2551" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
So we've taken the folded knife out of the sheath front pocket, opened it and fitted the safety lock pin. Instead of taking the pin out again to fold it, we can simply fit it into the sheath to carry it like a fixed blade. Note one of the press studs is uncovered as the retaining strap now only reaches the top press stud.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/37-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-sheathed-P1290734.jpg" alt="[Image: 37-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-sheathed-P1290734.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
A view from the back with the opened knife sheathed.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/38-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-sheathed-back-P1290736.jpg" alt="[Image: 38-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-sheathed-back-P1290736.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2551" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">What it is like to use?</span><br />
<br />
If you ignore the pivot bolt and bolt lock button, the impression of this knife is not of a folder, but of a chunky fixed utility knife. In a bare hand (I take XL gloves) the finger grips are not quite in the right place. With gloves on they are a better match, but are definitely a better fit for large gloved hands.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/34-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-in-hand-P1290725.jpg" alt="[Image: 34-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-in-hand-P1290725.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
It's big, but somehow seems perfectly reasonable once you pick it up. However, that handle is a significant size and the blade very deep, just look at the next photo.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/35-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-in-hand-P1290727.jpg" alt="[Image: 35-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-in-hand-P1290727.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Putting the RAO II next to a full size fixed blade (using the Extrema Ratio TASK J in this case), its blade is not as long, but it is larger in every other way - and this is a folder!<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/36-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-size-P1290731.jpg" alt="[Image: 36-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-size-P1290731.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Extrema Ratio have proven time and again that they put real effort into all the details, including the sheaths. Their sheaths are strong, great quality, and highly functional. For the RAO II, this is taken even further, as the dual function sheath is a carry pouch for the folded knife (plus sharpener) as well as a sheath for the RAO II as a fixed blade.<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2551" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
The included sharpener, I'd class as one of those emergency options which is great because you have it with you, but not for regular use. I'm glad it is included, but won't be rushing to use it.<br />
<br />
This is a short video taking a look over the RAO II and a technique to make the refitting of the safety lock pin easier.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">Video Edited with - Cyberlink Director Suite 5 (PowerDirector 16 and AudioDirector 7)<br />
Camera - Panasonic HC-V770&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;Microphone - Tonor TN120308BL</span><br />
<br />
Now you've seen the video, and the safety lock pin coming in and out, you might come to the same conclusion I have. This is a great feature, and one I use, but there are many times I want to use the RAO II as a large folder and be able to open and close it quickly. In this case the pin is not being used, and if left attached, as it comes with the knife, it then flaps around and hits your hand, the knife and anything else in range. I got sick of this, so decided to alter things slightly and make it easy to remove the pin entirely.<br />
<br />
This is my set-up. I've taken the original...<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2551" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
With this easy modification, that excellent safety lock pin can be set aside for when you want to use the RAO II in more extreme ways, but for general use and really making the most of this knife as a folder, it becomes more of a hindrance. Without that hindrance the RAO II becomes fun to use and revels in its stature and super heavy build.<br />
<br />
The bolt lock works so intuitively; as you grasp the knife to fold it, your fingers naturally pull on the bolt as you press the blade into the handle. Unlocking and folding in one motion, as shown in the video.<br />
<br />
Talking of super heavy build, this folder is exceptional in the trust you can put in it. That simple idea of the safety lock pin, makes it a folder you can treat just like a fixed blade and not have any concern it might fold on you. Described by Extrema Ratio as a 'compact' survival knife, the knife in its sheath is not particularly compact; the dual functions of the carry pouch and fixed blade sheath bulk it up somewhat. The knife on its own however, for the size and strength of knife you get to use, is nicely compact thanks to being a folder.<br />
<br />
I'm not going to suggest that this is the most practical knife for general use, but it will make you grin when you bring it out - every time.<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">Review Summary</span><br />
<br />
The views expressed in this summary table are from the point of view of the reviewer’s personal use. I am not a member of the armed forces and cannot comment on its use beyond a cutting tool or field/hunting knife.<br />
<br />
Something that might be a ‘pro’ for one user can be a ‘con’ for another, so the comments are categorised based on my requirements. You should consider all points and if they could be beneficial to you.<br />
<br />
<br />
_______________________________________________<br />
Things I like<br />
_______________________________________________<br />
Safety lock pin fixes the blade open with complete reliability.<br />
Superb dual function sheath (pouch/fixed blade).<br />
MOLLE compatible sheath.<br />
Super strong build.<br />
Distinctive Extrema Ratio style.<br />
RAO II blade shape more useful to most users.<br />
Basically just awesome.<br />
<br />
_______________________________________________<br />
What doesn't work so well for me<br />
_______________________________________________<br />
If not fitted the safety lock pin flaps around on the elastic cord.<br />
Supplied sharpener gets in the way.<br />
Combined pouch / sheath is a little bulky.<br />
Sheath is right-handed only when the blade is open.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/00-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-feature-P1290669.jpg" alt="[Image: 00-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-feature-P1290669.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<div style="text-align: center;" class="mycode_align"><a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2551" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/Click-for-more-V5-800resized-first.png" alt="[Image: Click-for-more-V5-800resized-first.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
(Moderators, there is a reciprocal link at the end of every review on Tactical Reviews.)<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/Round-Sticker-V1-0.png" alt="[Image: Round-Sticker-V1-0.png]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/CPF-Trusted-Stamp-200-background.png" alt="[Image: CPF-Trusted-Stamp-200-background.png]" class="mycode_img" /></div>]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/00-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-feature-P1290666.jpg" alt="[Image: 00-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-feature-P1290666.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Extrema Ratio's RAO II is an update of the original RAO which was developed back in 2006. Designed as a super tough, compact, survival and field knife, the brutish RAO was an immediate modern classic. In 2014, with improved ergonomics and a new drop-point blade, the RAO II widens the appeal of the RAO to those that found the original tanto blade a bit too specialised. On a personal note this is one of those knives I knew had to be in my life, and it has not disappointed.<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/15-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-folded-P1290626.jpg" alt="[Image: 15-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-folded-P1290626.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<div style="text-align: center;" class="mycode_align"><span style="color: Indigo;" class="mycode_color"><span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br />
Author's Statement for Transparency and Disclosure<br />
The test sample/s featured in this article have been provided for technical testing and review by the manufacturer. Test samples are retained by the reviewer following publication of the completed review for the purposes of long term testing and product comparisons.<br />
<br />
All output figures and test results published in this review are the sole work of the reviewer, and are carried out independently and without bias. Test results are reported as found, with no embellishments or alteration. Though best endeavours are made to maintain the accuracy of test equipment, the accuracy of these results is not guaranteed and is subject to the test equipment functioning correctly.<br />
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------</span></span></div>
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">The Blade and Handle Geometry:</span><br />
<br />
Most knife specifications have a basic description of the blade geometry, but in this section I will be taking a more detailed look at geometry and balance.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/43-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-grind-P1300294.jpg" alt="[Image: 43-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-grind-P1300294.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Using a set of gauges and precision measuring equipment including a Vernier protractor, callipers, fixed radius gauges and the unique Arc Master adjustable radius gauge (the one that looks like a crossbow).<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/09/Knife-measuring-P1180483.jpg" alt="[Image: Knife-measuring-P1180483.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<br />
These measurements have been tabulated and are presented along with a few reference blades (8" Chef's Knife, 5.5" Santoku and the popular Fällkniven F1).<br />
<br />
Key aspects such as the primary bevel angle, grind type, blade depth, blade thickness, length, weight are detailed, along with balance information.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/42-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-bevel-P1300289.jpg" alt="[Image: 42-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-bevel-P1300289.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The 'Balance relative to the front of the handle' tells you if the knife will feel front heavy, or if the weight is in your hand (a positive value means the weight is forward of the front of the handle). The 'Balance relative to the centre of the handle' indicates how close to a 'neutral balance' the knife has in the hand.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/41-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-balance-P1300285.jpg" alt="[Image: 41-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-balance-P1300285.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
In the case of full convex grinds the approximate centre of the grind is used for the primary bevel angle estimate.<br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2551" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-100h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-100h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">(Wherever you see the 'Read MORE' marker, it indicates that the Extended Version of the review has additional content at that point. Viewing the extended version helps support further reviews, but please ensure you return to this Forum for comments and discussion.)</span><br />
<br />
The blade is made from Böhler N690Co steel.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">New for 2018! BESS Certified sharpness testing:</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">The BESS 'C' scale of sharpness, developed by Mike Brubacher (Brubacher Edge Sharpness Scale) will now become part of Tactical Reviews' knife testing process. Initially this will be used to verify the sharpness of the factory edge and allow the knife to be brought to a minimum standard sharpness before testing a blade's cutting performance.</span><br />
<br />
The RAO II's factory edge has an average BESS 'C' sharpness of 279. A score below 300 for a factory edge is good and it will slice 80gsm paper nicely and slices into the rounded edge of a doubled over sheet of the same 80gsm paper. Unfortunately a small nick in the original edge catches in some cuts causing some tearing. It is quite common for factory edges to have some flaws, and these can easily be sharpened out, so this is just an observation.<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/48-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-BESS-1-IMG_20180210_160123.jpg" alt="[Image: 48-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-BESS-1-IMG_20180210_160123.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">Explained by the Maker:</span><br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">The reasons for certain design choices may not be clear when simply looking at an object, so this section is intended to give an insight into the thinking behind a design by speaking to the designer themselves.</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">Unfortunately I can’t always get time with the designer so will use this section to include relevant information about the knife and its designer.</span><br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2551" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">A few more details:</span><br />
<br />
Extrema Ratio's knives are always well presented; the RAO II comes in a quality cardboard box.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/01-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-boxed-P1290582.jpg" alt="[Image: 01-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-boxed-P1290582.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Sliding the lid off, shows the RAO II (in a plastic bag) fills the box.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/02-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-box-open-P1290585.jpg" alt="[Image: 02-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-box-open-P1290585.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
The RAO II arrives in its dual purpose sheath. We need to have a closer look at this sheath before we move onto that amazing knife.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/03-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-box-contents-P1290587.jpg" alt="[Image: 03-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-box-contents-P1290587.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
On the back are the MOLLE fitting straps. As supplied they are not woven into the webbing but just held with the press studs.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/04-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-sheath-MOLLE-P1290590.jpg" alt="[Image: 04-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-sheath-MOLLE-P1290590.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
As with most MOLLE mounts, the fit is pretty tight.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/05-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-sheath-MOLLE-adjust-P1290592.jpg" alt="[Image: 05-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-sheath-MOLLE-adjust-P1290592.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
If just using the webbing next to the press studs, the MOLLE straps form a belt loop, which is how I'll be using this for the most part during testing.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/06-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-sheath-MOLLE-belt-P1290595.jpg" alt="[Image: 06-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-sheath-MOLLE-belt-P1290595.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
This dual purpose sheath has a large front pocket with plastic buckle fastener holding down the flap.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/07-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-sheath-P1290600.jpg" alt="[Image: 07-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-sheath-P1290600.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
The flap has another strap attached to it with two press studs. This is the retaining strap for when the sheath is used to carry to opened RAO II.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/08-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-sheath-open-strap-P1290603.jpg" alt="[Image: 08-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-sheath-open-strap-P1290603.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Releasing the strap from the two press studs and now you can see where the blade of the opened knife is inserted.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/09-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-sheath-open-strap2-P1290605.jpg" alt="[Image: 09-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-sheath-open-strap2-P1290605.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Flipping open the flap covering the front pocket and you find the diamond sharpener slipped into a small pocket in front of the main compartment. <br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/10-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-sheath-open-flap-P1290609.jpg" alt="[Image: 10-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-sheath-open-flap-P1290609.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
This sharpener is a steel plate with a diamond pad on it.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/11-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-sharpener-P1290615.jpg" alt="[Image: 11-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-sharpener-P1290615.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2551" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
Out of the box, the RAO II is actually locked shut. We'll look at the special locking/safety pin next.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/17-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-folded-P1290631.jpg" alt="[Image: 17-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-folded-P1290631.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
So, one of the RAO II's special features is its safety locking pin which effectively makes it into a fixed blade knife. This fits through the finger guard and can be fitted with the blade open or folded.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/18-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-pin-P1290634.jpg" alt="[Image: 18-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-pin-P1290634.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
One end of the pin is threaded, so it screws into place.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/19-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-pin-undone-P1290640.jpg" alt="[Image: 19-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-pin-undone-P1290640.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
The pin is on a loop of elastic, so once removed it cannot be dropped or lost (unless the elastic cord is cut).<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/20-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-pin-out-P1290643.jpg" alt="[Image: 20-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-pin-out-P1290643.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2551" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
Now the blade is opened, we can put the safety pin back in place to secure the blade in the open position. There is no getting past that pin.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/24-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-safety-lock-P1290674.jpg" alt="[Image: 24-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-safety-lock-P1290674.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Pivot tension is set using a single sided pivot bolt (the other side is a blank plate). The pivot bolt head has a notched edge which allows it to be securely locked in place using the small screw that fits into one of the twelve notches. With the pivot locking screw in place, the pivot bolt cannot turn at all. You can beat on this knife as hard as you like and that pivot bolt won't come loose.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/25-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-pivot-lock-P1290677.jpg" alt="[Image: 25-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-pivot-lock-P1290677.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
The improved ergonomics are obvious with well rounded edges all round the handle. Extrema Ratio's handle style is recognisable with the first two fingers grip. The RAO II also includes a third and fourth finger grip.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/27-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-handle-P1290681.jpg" alt="[Image: 27-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-handle-P1290681.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2551" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
And now onto that purposeful blade. A drop-point with bayonet grind, the RAO II's blade is very deep. The area where the logo is printed is thinned slightly from the full thickness to provide a grip for opening the blade with. <br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/30-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-blade-P1290699.jpg" alt="[Image: 30-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-blade-P1290699.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
A close look at the blade tip and edge bevel.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/31-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-blade-tip-P1290707.jpg" alt="[Image: 31-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-blade-tip-P1290707.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
The plunge line is well rounded to maximise strength. The slight double-plunge effect here is caused by the primary bevel meeting the blade opening grip and its different radiusing.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/32-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-plunge-P1290708.jpg" alt="[Image: 32-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-plunge-P1290708.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2551" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
So we've taken the folded knife out of the sheath front pocket, opened it and fitted the safety lock pin. Instead of taking the pin out again to fold it, we can simply fit it into the sheath to carry it like a fixed blade. Note one of the press studs is uncovered as the retaining strap now only reaches the top press stud.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/37-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-sheathed-P1290734.jpg" alt="[Image: 37-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-sheathed-P1290734.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
A view from the back with the opened knife sheathed.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/38-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-sheathed-back-P1290736.jpg" alt="[Image: 38-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-sheathed-back-P1290736.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2551" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">What it is like to use?</span><br />
<br />
If you ignore the pivot bolt and bolt lock button, the impression of this knife is not of a folder, but of a chunky fixed utility knife. In a bare hand (I take XL gloves) the finger grips are not quite in the right place. With gloves on they are a better match, but are definitely a better fit for large gloved hands.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/34-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-in-hand-P1290725.jpg" alt="[Image: 34-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-in-hand-P1290725.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
It's big, but somehow seems perfectly reasonable once you pick it up. However, that handle is a significant size and the blade very deep, just look at the next photo.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/35-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-in-hand-P1290727.jpg" alt="[Image: 35-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-in-hand-P1290727.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Putting the RAO II next to a full size fixed blade (using the Extrema Ratio TASK J in this case), its blade is not as long, but it is larger in every other way - and this is a folder!<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/36-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-size-P1290731.jpg" alt="[Image: 36-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-size-P1290731.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Extrema Ratio have proven time and again that they put real effort into all the details, including the sheaths. Their sheaths are strong, great quality, and highly functional. For the RAO II, this is taken even further, as the dual function sheath is a carry pouch for the folded knife (plus sharpener) as well as a sheath for the RAO II as a fixed blade.<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2551" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
The included sharpener, I'd class as one of those emergency options which is great because you have it with you, but not for regular use. I'm glad it is included, but won't be rushing to use it.<br />
<br />
This is a short video taking a look over the RAO II and a technique to make the refitting of the safety lock pin easier.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">Video Edited with - Cyberlink Director Suite 5 (PowerDirector 16 and AudioDirector 7)<br />
Camera - Panasonic HC-V770&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;Microphone - Tonor TN120308BL</span><br />
<br />
Now you've seen the video, and the safety lock pin coming in and out, you might come to the same conclusion I have. This is a great feature, and one I use, but there are many times I want to use the RAO II as a large folder and be able to open and close it quickly. In this case the pin is not being used, and if left attached, as it comes with the knife, it then flaps around and hits your hand, the knife and anything else in range. I got sick of this, so decided to alter things slightly and make it easy to remove the pin entirely.<br />
<br />
This is my set-up. I've taken the original...<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2551" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
With this easy modification, that excellent safety lock pin can be set aside for when you want to use the RAO II in more extreme ways, but for general use and really making the most of this knife as a folder, it becomes more of a hindrance. Without that hindrance the RAO II becomes fun to use and revels in its stature and super heavy build.<br />
<br />
The bolt lock works so intuitively; as you grasp the knife to fold it, your fingers naturally pull on the bolt as you press the blade into the handle. Unlocking and folding in one motion, as shown in the video.<br />
<br />
Talking of super heavy build, this folder is exceptional in the trust you can put in it. That simple idea of the safety lock pin, makes it a folder you can treat just like a fixed blade and not have any concern it might fold on you. Described by Extrema Ratio as a 'compact' survival knife, the knife in its sheath is not particularly compact; the dual functions of the carry pouch and fixed blade sheath bulk it up somewhat. The knife on its own however, for the size and strength of knife you get to use, is nicely compact thanks to being a folder.<br />
<br />
I'm not going to suggest that this is the most practical knife for general use, but it will make you grin when you bring it out - every time.<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">Review Summary</span><br />
<br />
The views expressed in this summary table are from the point of view of the reviewer’s personal use. I am not a member of the armed forces and cannot comment on its use beyond a cutting tool or field/hunting knife.<br />
<br />
Something that might be a ‘pro’ for one user can be a ‘con’ for another, so the comments are categorised based on my requirements. You should consider all points and if they could be beneficial to you.<br />
<br />
<br />
_______________________________________________<br />
Things I like<br />
_______________________________________________<br />
Safety lock pin fixes the blade open with complete reliability.<br />
Superb dual function sheath (pouch/fixed blade).<br />
MOLLE compatible sheath.<br />
Super strong build.<br />
Distinctive Extrema Ratio style.<br />
RAO II blade shape more useful to most users.<br />
Basically just awesome.<br />
<br />
_______________________________________________<br />
What doesn't work so well for me<br />
_______________________________________________<br />
If not fitted the safety lock pin flaps around on the elastic cord.<br />
Supplied sharpener gets in the way.<br />
Combined pouch / sheath is a little bulky.<br />
Sheath is right-handed only when the blade is open.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/00-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-feature-P1290669.jpg" alt="[Image: 00-Extrema-Ratio-RAOII-feature-P1290669.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<div style="text-align: center;" class="mycode_align"><a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2551" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/Click-for-more-V5-800resized-first.png" alt="[Image: Click-for-more-V5-800resized-first.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
(Moderators, there is a reciprocal link at the end of every review on Tactical Reviews.)<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/Round-Sticker-V1-0.png" alt="[Image: Round-Sticker-V1-0.png]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/CPF-Trusted-Stamp-200-background.png" alt="[Image: CPF-Trusted-Stamp-200-background.png]" class="mycode_img" /></div>]]></content:encoded>
		</item>
		<item>
			<title><![CDATA[Knife Review: Pohl Force Prepper One (Tactical)]]></title>
			<link>http://bessex.com/forum/showthread.php?tid=301</link>
			<pubDate>Thu, 05 Apr 2018 13:48:48 +0000</pubDate>
			<guid isPermaLink="false">http://bessex.com/forum/showthread.php?tid=301</guid>
			<description><![CDATA[<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/00-Pohl-Prepper-One-feature-P1280198.jpg" alt="[Image: 00-Pohl-Prepper-One-feature-P1280198.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Born from key influences in Dietmar Pohl's lifelong passion for knives, the Prepper One combines the hollow handle survival knife concept with a traditional style 'straight' utility knife. By using modern materials and manufacturing techniques, Dietmar Pohl has avoided all the typical weaknesses of hollow handle knives and produced a super strong design that won't let you down. This review features the Prepper One Tactical (G10 and wood handle), but the range also includes the Prepper One Survival, and Prepper One Outdoor (plus wood handle options for these).<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/30-Pohl-Prepper-One-angle-P1280124.jpg" alt="[Image: 30-Pohl-Prepper-One-angle-P1280124.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<div style="text-align: center;" class="mycode_align"><span style="color: Indigo;" class="mycode_color"><span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br />
Author's Statement for Transparency and Disclosure<br />
The test sample/s featured in this article have been provided for technical testing and review by the manufacturer. Test samples are retained by the reviewer following publication of the completed review for the purposes of long term testing and product comparisons.<br />
<br />
All output figures and test results published in this review are the sole work of the reviewer, and are carried out independently and without bias. Test results are reported as found, with no embellishments or alteration. Though best endeavours are made to maintain the accuracy of test equipment, the accuracy of these results is not guaranteed and is subject to the test equipment functioning correctly.<br />
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------</span></span></div>
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">The Blade and Handle Geometry:</span><br />
<br />
Most knife specifications have a basic description of the blade geometry, but in this section I will be taking a more detailed look at geometry and balance.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/45-Pohl-Prepper-One-grind-P1280210.jpg" alt="[Image: 45-Pohl-Prepper-One-grind-P1280210.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Using a set of gauges and precision measuring equipment including a Vernier protractor, callipers, fixed radius gauges and the unique Arc Master adjustable radius gauge (the one that looks like a crossbow).<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/09/Knife-measuring-P1180483.jpg" alt="[Image: Knife-measuring-P1180483.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
These measurements have been tabulated and are presented along with a few reference blades (8" Chef's Knife, 5.5" Santoku and the popular Fällkniven F1).<br />
<br />
Key aspects such as the primary bevel angle, grind type, blade depth, blade thickness, length, weight are detailed, along with balance information.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/46-Pohl-Prepper-One-bevel-P1280213.jpg" alt="[Image: 46-Pohl-Prepper-One-bevel-P1280213.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
The 'Balance relative to the front of the handle' tells you if the knife will feel front heavy, or if the weight is in your hand (a positive value means the weight is forward of the front of the handle). The 'Balance relative to the centre of the handle' indicates how close to a 'neutral balance' the knife has in the hand.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/44-Pohl-Prepper-One-balance-P1280205.jpg" alt="[Image: 44-Pohl-Prepper-One-balance-P1280205.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
In the case of full convex grinds the approximate centre of the grind is used for the primary bevel angle estimate.<br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2808" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-100h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-100h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">(Wherever you see the 'Read MORE' marker, it indicates that the Extended Version of the review has additional content at that point. Viewing the extended version helps support further reviews, but please ensure you return to this Forum for comments and discussion.)</span><br />
<br />
The blade is made from Niolox steel.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">New for 2018! BESS Certified sharpness testing:</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">The BESS 'C' scale of sharpness, developed by Mike Brubacher (Brubacher Edge Sharpness Scale) will now become part of Tactical Reviews' knife testing process. Initially this will be used to verify the sharpness of the factory edge and allow the knife to be brought to a minimum standard sharpness before testing a blade's cutting performance.</span><br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2808" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/49-Pohl-Prepper-One-BESS-P1300546.jpg" alt="[Image: 49-Pohl-Prepper-One-BESS-P1300546.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
The Prepper One's factory edge has an average BESS 'C' sharpness of 345. At this sharpness it easily and cleanly slices 80gsm copier paper. It doesn't quite want to catch a rolled edge of the same paper, but will 50% of the time.<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">Explained by the Maker:</span><br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">The reasons for certain design choices may not be clear when simply looking at an object, so this section is intended to give an insight into the thinking behind a design by speaking to the designer themselves.</span><br />
<br />
Dietmar was kind enough to give me some time during IWA 2018 to discuss the Prepper One and where it came from.<br />
<br />
<!-- start: video_youtube_embed --><br />
<iframe width="560" height="315" src="//www.youtube.com/embed/lcZcWLZ-ZZ8" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen></iframe><br />
<!-- end: video_youtube_embed --><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">Video Edited with - Cyberlink Director Suite 5 (PowerDirector 16 and AudioDirector 7)<br />
Camera - Panasonic HC-V770 - Microphone - Tonor TN120308BL</span><br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">A few more details:</span><br />
<br />
The Prepper One Tactical arrived in a cardboard box.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/02-Pohl-Prepper-One-boxed-P1270994.jpg" alt="[Image: 02-Pohl-Prepper-One-boxed-P1270994.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Inside, the Prepper One was wrapped in paper (so much better than plastic).<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/03-Pohl-Prepper-One-box-open-P1280001.jpg" alt="[Image: 03-Pohl-Prepper-One-box-open-P1280001.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
In this case the wooden handles have also been included, but these are an optional extra. There was also a Pohl Force Patch and a certificate card.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/04-Pohl-Prepper-One-box-contents-P1280003.jpg" alt="[Image: 04-Pohl-Prepper-One-box-contents-P1280003.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Whipping off the paper wrap, the Prepper One arrives in its Kydex Sheath.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/05-Pohl-Prepper-One-sheathed-P1280014.jpg" alt="[Image: 05-Pohl-Prepper-One-sheathed-P1280014.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Let's start off with a look round the sheath. The belt loop looks like normal nylon webbing, however, the loop is actually very stiff and holds its shape. <br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/06-Pohl-Prepper-One-sheath-P1280016.jpg" alt="[Image: 06-Pohl-Prepper-One-sheath-P1280016.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
The Kydex lips have been shaped and finished well, so unlike many Kydex sheaths there is no additional finishing required to ensure a smooth operation.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/07-Pohl-Prepper-One-sheath-opening-P1280019.jpg" alt="[Image: 07-Pohl-Prepper-One-sheath-opening-P1280019.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
That stiff webbing belt loop is not fitted directly to the sheath, but instead to a hanger which is then bolted onto the sheath.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/08-Pohl-Prepper-One-belt-hanger-P1280026.jpg" alt="[Image: 08-Pohl-Prepper-One-belt-hanger-P1280026.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2808" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
And onto the knife itself...<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/15-Pohl-Prepper-One-angle-P1280066.jpg" alt="[Image: 15-Pohl-Prepper-One-angle-P1280066.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Pohl Force's logo is cleanly engraved on the blade and the serial number on the ricasso.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/17-Pohl-Prepper-One-blade-engraving-P1280074.jpg" alt="[Image: 17-Pohl-Prepper-One-blade-engraving-P1280074.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
A small sharpening choil sits at the end of the radiused plunge line.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/18-Pohl-Prepper-One-plunge-choil-P1280076.jpg" alt="[Image: 18-Pohl-Prepper-One-plunge-choil-P1280076.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
One of the large handle bolts. On this side, there is a large slot.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/19-Pohl-Prepper-One-bolt-texture-P1280079.jpg" alt="[Image: 19-Pohl-Prepper-One-bolt-texture-P1280079.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Pohl Force's partner in the production of the Prepper One (amongst others) is Lionsteel, well known for their quality of manufacture.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/20-Pohl-Prepper-One-lionsteel-P1280080.jpg" alt="[Image: 20-Pohl-Prepper-One-lionsteel-P1280080.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Fitted with the original G10 handle scales, the Prepper One Tactical uses a OD Green colour.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/21-Pohl-Prepper-One-G10-handle-P1280085.jpg" alt="[Image: 21-Pohl-Prepper-One-G10-handle-P1280085.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
A series of offset longitudinal grooves machined into the surface makes for a very secure grip, even in slippery conditions.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/22-Pohl-Prepper-One-G10-texture-P1280087.jpg" alt="[Image: 22-Pohl-Prepper-One-G10-texture-P1280087.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2808" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
Both the tang, and handles make up the Prepper One's guard.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/24-Pohl-Prepper-One-guard-P1280092.jpg" alt="[Image: 24-Pohl-Prepper-One-guard-P1280092.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Made possible by the G10 handle material, and the fact both the inner and outer surfaces need to be machined anyway, the lanyard (which passes through the full tang) is directed backwards by a groove cut into the inner surface of each handle slab. This keeps the lanyard completely away from your hand preventing any lanyard hotspots while working with the knife. A small but very useful feature.<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2808" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
On the back of the tang there is one more engraving.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/26-Pohl-Prepper-One-pohl-force-P1280100.jpg" alt="[Image: 26-Pohl-Prepper-One-pohl-force-P1280100.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
This is a hollow handle knife, but it is also a true full-tang blade as well.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/27-Pohl-Prepper-One-full-tang-P1280104.jpg" alt="[Image: 27-Pohl-Prepper-One-full-tang-P1280104.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
A deep section of jimping gives your thumb a comfortable and secure surface to press onto.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/28-Pohl-Prepper-One-thumb-jimping-P1280105.jpg" alt="[Image: 28-Pohl-Prepper-One-thumb-jimping-P1280105.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Niolox was chosen for its fine grain structure and super stain-resistant properties.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/29-Pohl-Prepper-One-niolox-P1280119.jpg" alt="[Image: 29-Pohl-Prepper-One-niolox-P1280119.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2808" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">The Key, The Secret:</span><br />
<br />
No, not a nineties hit by the Urban Cookie Collective, but the Prepper One's key to its concealed hollow handle.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/33-Pohl-Prepper-One-the-key-P1000323.jpg" alt="[Image: 33-Pohl-Prepper-One-the-key-P1000323.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Using the key to unscrew the handle bolts, and lifting off one handle reveals the hidden compartment.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/34-Pohl-Prepper-One-open-P1280141.jpg" alt="[Image: 34-Pohl-Prepper-One-open-P1280141.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
This skeletonised tang, much like many full tang knives have to change the balance, provides part of the hollow compartment. The handles themselves are also milled out to make the space inside the handle larger.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/35-Pohl-Prepper-One-open-P1280145.jpg" alt="[Image: 35-Pohl-Prepper-One-open-P1280145.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Fully disassembled, we have the two G10 handles, the two parts of both handle bolts, and the full tang knife blade.<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2808" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">There is more.</span><br />
<br />
For an even more traditional look, Pohl Force now offer a Santos wood option for the handles.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/37-Pohl-Prepper-One-Santos-wooden-handle-P1280153.jpg" alt="[Image: 37-Pohl-Prepper-One-Santos-wooden-handle-P1280153.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
As removal and fitting of the handle scales is so easy (exactly as this is something you should be doing to access the hollow handle), swapping between the G10 and wood scales is just as easy.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/39-Pohl-Prepper-One-Santos-wood-texture-P1280158.jpg" alt="[Image: 39-Pohl-Prepper-One-Santos-wood-texture-P1280158.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2808" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
It does look good with those wooden handles.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/38-Pohl-Prepper-One-Santos-wood-sheathed-P1280155.jpg" alt="[Image: 38-Pohl-Prepper-One-Santos-wood-sheathed-P1280155.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">What it is like to use?</span><br />
<br />
I was fortunate enough to have the choice of testing either the Prepper One or Prepper Two. I chose the Prepper One purely for its much more general purpose size, with the Two being a much bigger camp knife. Clearly as the first of the Prepper designs to be released it needed to be versatile and easy to carry (with the added bonus relating to German knife carry law described by Dietmar in the video interview).<br />
<br />
However much I was drawn to the Prepper Two, the Prepper One was so 'just right' I knew it was the right choice. Even better would be the pair.<br />
<br />
My hands take XL Gloves, and though my fingers wrap the grip fully, it still feels a generous size for excellent stability without ending up too big for smaller hands.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/31-Pohl-Prepper-One-in-hand-P1280131.jpg" alt="[Image: 31-Pohl-Prepper-One-in-hand-P1280131.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
You can see here I have the G10 handles fitted. For hard work they are my favourite over the wood grips, however, I love the way the wooden grips look, and really fit that traditional feel of the knife. The G10s will be the workhorse grips for me, but the wooden ones will come out when I want a different feel.<br />
<br />
The jimping is perfectly positioned for your thumb when using a sabre grip. With its 6mm blade stock, this thumb position is very comfortable and allows you to exert high pressures without the spine cutting into your thumb.<br />
<br />
Of course the flip-side to this is that you can never really forget about that 6mm blade stock, as the Prepper One does feel a relatively heavy knife due to this, despite the hollow handle taking a big chuck out of the weight of the tang.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/32-Pohl-Prepper-One-in-hand-thumb-P1280132.jpg" alt="[Image: 32-Pohl-Prepper-One-in-hand-thumb-P1280132.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
We must dwell on that 6mm blade stock a little longer. What is the purpose of the Prepper One? Its name 'Prepper' pretty much sums it up, a knife to ensure you are prepared for whatever you might have to face. These are the situations where a knife blade might have to be used for much more than simple cutting. Breaching, demolition, splitting and use as a spear are only a few of the many extreme tasks it may be needed for. You might balk at the mention of some of those, and many less substantial knives would just fail leaving you worse off than before, but that slight weight penalty gives you a blade that has a strength that you are not ever likely to exceed - Prepper is the word indeed.<br />
<br />
And preparing yourself further, the hollow handle...<br />
<br />
As it comes, the key has been put onto the lanyard, which can become a little awkward. I've moved this around (check out [url=https://www.instagram.com/tacticalreviews/"]@TacticalReviews on Instagram[/url] for a photo) so the key is attached to the sheath instead, with the lanyard cord on the knife left plain.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/51-Pohl-Prepper-One-using-the-key-P1000325.jpg" alt="[Image: 51-Pohl-Prepper-One-using-the-key-P1000325.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
When reassembling the handles or swapping to the wooden grips, make sure to line up the flats on the handle bolts with the corresponding shaping in the holes. Failure to do this will result in the bolts sitting too high and possibly damaging the handles.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/51-2-Pohl-Prepper-One-bolt-flat-P1280179.jpg" alt="[Image: 51-2-Pohl-Prepper-One-bolt-flat-P1280179.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
So what would you put in that hollow handle? For me it is Fire and Fish. Remember that this hollow handle is not water-tight, so whatever you put in there might get wet.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/52-Pohl-Prepper-One-open-fishing-P1000329.jpg" alt="[Image: 52-Pohl-Prepper-One-open-fishing-P1000329.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2808" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
But I digress...<br />
<br />
The Prepper One; in reality the hollow handle is more of a fit and forget feature. The things you put in it are things you want to have and will be glad you do, but really don't want to need. With the need to disassemble the handle it isn't a practical every day storage solution, but is an excellent backup option.<br />
<br />
As a knife rather than a survival tool, the Prepper One feels well balanced (if slightly heavy) and its full flat grind really helps the slicing ability of the blade, but the 6mm blade stock does make its presence known with deeper cuts in stiff materials. Though I can appreciate the benefits of Scandi-grinds, the choice of a full flat grind really suits the Prepper One, and makes it very easy to work with.<br />
<br />
Kydex sheaths are not my favourite, mainly due to what I call 'sheath-recoil' where overly stiff Kydex sheaths lead to knives flying out in an uncontrolled way when unsheathing them. Not so with the Prepper One. The sheath retention is spot on, and the knife is both held securely and also perfectly easy to remove without any hint of sheath-recoil.<br />
<br />
With its utility blade dimensions, you would not think of the Prepper One as a chopper, especially next to its bigger brother the Prepper Two, however, thanks to the 6mm blade stock it has more weight to it than most other knives this size. So you can employ this for light chopping, or just to get through smaller branches a bit quicker. Not a major feature, but helpful considering this size of knife is easy to carry.<br />
<br />
The finger guard is not very pronounced, but it is very effective at stabilising your grip on the knife. Overall the shaping of the handle and guard make it very comfortable to use for extended periods. I have also really appreciated the way the lanyard is pushed backwards in the G10 handles, so however you hold it, you don't end up pressing onto the lanyard cord (which can make a hotspot). Once I decided to move the hollow handle key off the lanyard (and fitted it to the sheath) the experience of using the knife became a real pleasure, and without having to carry a much bigger 'survival' knife, you also know you have a potential beast of a blade should you really need it. It might be named 'Prepper', but it is a knife you can use every day.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">Review Summary</span><br />
<br />
The views expressed in this summary table are from the point of view of the reviewer’s personal use. I am not a member of the armed forces and cannot comment on its use beyond a cutting tool or field/hunting knife.<br />
<br />
Something that might be a ‘pro’ for one user can be a ‘con’ for another, so the comments are categorised based on my requirements. You should consider all points and if they could be beneficial to you.<br />
<br />
<br />
_______________________________________________<br />
Things I like<br />
_______________________________________________<br />
Hidden Hollow Handle Compartment.<br />
Super Strong (6mm stock) Niolox Full Tang Blade<br />
Easily removable/swappable handles.<br />
Superb Lionsteel build quality.<br />
Excellent grip and handling.<br />
Ideal general purpose size.<br />
<br />
_______________________________________________<br />
What doesn't work so well for me<br />
_______________________________________________<br />
Handle Key can get in the way when on the lanyard (easily moved).<br />
Heavy feel due to 6mm blade stock.<br />
Flocked sheath lining will collect dirt.<br />
Makes you want to buy the Prepper Two as well.<br />
<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/01-Pohl-Prepper-One-logo-P1270990.jpg" alt="[Image: 01-Pohl-Prepper-One-logo-P1270990.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<div style="text-align: center;" class="mycode_align"><a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2808" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/Click-for-more-V5-800resized-first.png" alt="[Image: Click-for-more-V5-800resized-first.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
(Moderators, there is a reciprocal link at the end of every review on Tactical Reviews.)<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/Round-Sticker-V1-0.png" alt="[Image: Round-Sticker-V1-0.png]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
</div>]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/00-Pohl-Prepper-One-feature-P1280198.jpg" alt="[Image: 00-Pohl-Prepper-One-feature-P1280198.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Born from key influences in Dietmar Pohl's lifelong passion for knives, the Prepper One combines the hollow handle survival knife concept with a traditional style 'straight' utility knife. By using modern materials and manufacturing techniques, Dietmar Pohl has avoided all the typical weaknesses of hollow handle knives and produced a super strong design that won't let you down. This review features the Prepper One Tactical (G10 and wood handle), but the range also includes the Prepper One Survival, and Prepper One Outdoor (plus wood handle options for these).<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/30-Pohl-Prepper-One-angle-P1280124.jpg" alt="[Image: 30-Pohl-Prepper-One-angle-P1280124.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<div style="text-align: center;" class="mycode_align"><span style="color: Indigo;" class="mycode_color"><span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br />
Author's Statement for Transparency and Disclosure<br />
The test sample/s featured in this article have been provided for technical testing and review by the manufacturer. Test samples are retained by the reviewer following publication of the completed review for the purposes of long term testing and product comparisons.<br />
<br />
All output figures and test results published in this review are the sole work of the reviewer, and are carried out independently and without bias. Test results are reported as found, with no embellishments or alteration. Though best endeavours are made to maintain the accuracy of test equipment, the accuracy of these results is not guaranteed and is subject to the test equipment functioning correctly.<br />
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------</span></span></div>
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">The Blade and Handle Geometry:</span><br />
<br />
Most knife specifications have a basic description of the blade geometry, but in this section I will be taking a more detailed look at geometry and balance.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/45-Pohl-Prepper-One-grind-P1280210.jpg" alt="[Image: 45-Pohl-Prepper-One-grind-P1280210.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Using a set of gauges and precision measuring equipment including a Vernier protractor, callipers, fixed radius gauges and the unique Arc Master adjustable radius gauge (the one that looks like a crossbow).<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/09/Knife-measuring-P1180483.jpg" alt="[Image: Knife-measuring-P1180483.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
These measurements have been tabulated and are presented along with a few reference blades (8" Chef's Knife, 5.5" Santoku and the popular Fällkniven F1).<br />
<br />
Key aspects such as the primary bevel angle, grind type, blade depth, blade thickness, length, weight are detailed, along with balance information.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/46-Pohl-Prepper-One-bevel-P1280213.jpg" alt="[Image: 46-Pohl-Prepper-One-bevel-P1280213.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
The 'Balance relative to the front of the handle' tells you if the knife will feel front heavy, or if the weight is in your hand (a positive value means the weight is forward of the front of the handle). The 'Balance relative to the centre of the handle' indicates how close to a 'neutral balance' the knife has in the hand.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/44-Pohl-Prepper-One-balance-P1280205.jpg" alt="[Image: 44-Pohl-Prepper-One-balance-P1280205.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
In the case of full convex grinds the approximate centre of the grind is used for the primary bevel angle estimate.<br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2808" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-100h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-100h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">(Wherever you see the 'Read MORE' marker, it indicates that the Extended Version of the review has additional content at that point. Viewing the extended version helps support further reviews, but please ensure you return to this Forum for comments and discussion.)</span><br />
<br />
The blade is made from Niolox steel.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">New for 2018! BESS Certified sharpness testing:</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">The BESS 'C' scale of sharpness, developed by Mike Brubacher (Brubacher Edge Sharpness Scale) will now become part of Tactical Reviews' knife testing process. Initially this will be used to verify the sharpness of the factory edge and allow the knife to be brought to a minimum standard sharpness before testing a blade's cutting performance.</span><br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2808" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/49-Pohl-Prepper-One-BESS-P1300546.jpg" alt="[Image: 49-Pohl-Prepper-One-BESS-P1300546.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
The Prepper One's factory edge has an average BESS 'C' sharpness of 345. At this sharpness it easily and cleanly slices 80gsm copier paper. It doesn't quite want to catch a rolled edge of the same paper, but will 50% of the time.<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">Explained by the Maker:</span><br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">The reasons for certain design choices may not be clear when simply looking at an object, so this section is intended to give an insight into the thinking behind a design by speaking to the designer themselves.</span><br />
<br />
Dietmar was kind enough to give me some time during IWA 2018 to discuss the Prepper One and where it came from.<br />
<br />
<!-- start: video_youtube_embed --><br />
<iframe width="560" height="315" src="//www.youtube.com/embed/lcZcWLZ-ZZ8" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen></iframe><br />
<!-- end: video_youtube_embed --><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">Video Edited with - Cyberlink Director Suite 5 (PowerDirector 16 and AudioDirector 7)<br />
Camera - Panasonic HC-V770 - Microphone - Tonor TN120308BL</span><br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">A few more details:</span><br />
<br />
The Prepper One Tactical arrived in a cardboard box.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/02-Pohl-Prepper-One-boxed-P1270994.jpg" alt="[Image: 02-Pohl-Prepper-One-boxed-P1270994.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Inside, the Prepper One was wrapped in paper (so much better than plastic).<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/03-Pohl-Prepper-One-box-open-P1280001.jpg" alt="[Image: 03-Pohl-Prepper-One-box-open-P1280001.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
In this case the wooden handles have also been included, but these are an optional extra. There was also a Pohl Force Patch and a certificate card.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/04-Pohl-Prepper-One-box-contents-P1280003.jpg" alt="[Image: 04-Pohl-Prepper-One-box-contents-P1280003.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Whipping off the paper wrap, the Prepper One arrives in its Kydex Sheath.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/05-Pohl-Prepper-One-sheathed-P1280014.jpg" alt="[Image: 05-Pohl-Prepper-One-sheathed-P1280014.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Let's start off with a look round the sheath. The belt loop looks like normal nylon webbing, however, the loop is actually very stiff and holds its shape. <br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/06-Pohl-Prepper-One-sheath-P1280016.jpg" alt="[Image: 06-Pohl-Prepper-One-sheath-P1280016.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
The Kydex lips have been shaped and finished well, so unlike many Kydex sheaths there is no additional finishing required to ensure a smooth operation.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/07-Pohl-Prepper-One-sheath-opening-P1280019.jpg" alt="[Image: 07-Pohl-Prepper-One-sheath-opening-P1280019.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
That stiff webbing belt loop is not fitted directly to the sheath, but instead to a hanger which is then bolted onto the sheath.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/08-Pohl-Prepper-One-belt-hanger-P1280026.jpg" alt="[Image: 08-Pohl-Prepper-One-belt-hanger-P1280026.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2808" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
And onto the knife itself...<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/15-Pohl-Prepper-One-angle-P1280066.jpg" alt="[Image: 15-Pohl-Prepper-One-angle-P1280066.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Pohl Force's logo is cleanly engraved on the blade and the serial number on the ricasso.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/17-Pohl-Prepper-One-blade-engraving-P1280074.jpg" alt="[Image: 17-Pohl-Prepper-One-blade-engraving-P1280074.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
A small sharpening choil sits at the end of the radiused plunge line.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/18-Pohl-Prepper-One-plunge-choil-P1280076.jpg" alt="[Image: 18-Pohl-Prepper-One-plunge-choil-P1280076.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
One of the large handle bolts. On this side, there is a large slot.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/19-Pohl-Prepper-One-bolt-texture-P1280079.jpg" alt="[Image: 19-Pohl-Prepper-One-bolt-texture-P1280079.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Pohl Force's partner in the production of the Prepper One (amongst others) is Lionsteel, well known for their quality of manufacture.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/20-Pohl-Prepper-One-lionsteel-P1280080.jpg" alt="[Image: 20-Pohl-Prepper-One-lionsteel-P1280080.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Fitted with the original G10 handle scales, the Prepper One Tactical uses a OD Green colour.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/21-Pohl-Prepper-One-G10-handle-P1280085.jpg" alt="[Image: 21-Pohl-Prepper-One-G10-handle-P1280085.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
A series of offset longitudinal grooves machined into the surface makes for a very secure grip, even in slippery conditions.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/22-Pohl-Prepper-One-G10-texture-P1280087.jpg" alt="[Image: 22-Pohl-Prepper-One-G10-texture-P1280087.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2808" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
Both the tang, and handles make up the Prepper One's guard.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/24-Pohl-Prepper-One-guard-P1280092.jpg" alt="[Image: 24-Pohl-Prepper-One-guard-P1280092.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Made possible by the G10 handle material, and the fact both the inner and outer surfaces need to be machined anyway, the lanyard (which passes through the full tang) is directed backwards by a groove cut into the inner surface of each handle slab. This keeps the lanyard completely away from your hand preventing any lanyard hotspots while working with the knife. A small but very useful feature.<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2808" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
On the back of the tang there is one more engraving.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/26-Pohl-Prepper-One-pohl-force-P1280100.jpg" alt="[Image: 26-Pohl-Prepper-One-pohl-force-P1280100.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
This is a hollow handle knife, but it is also a true full-tang blade as well.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/27-Pohl-Prepper-One-full-tang-P1280104.jpg" alt="[Image: 27-Pohl-Prepper-One-full-tang-P1280104.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
A deep section of jimping gives your thumb a comfortable and secure surface to press onto.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/28-Pohl-Prepper-One-thumb-jimping-P1280105.jpg" alt="[Image: 28-Pohl-Prepper-One-thumb-jimping-P1280105.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Niolox was chosen for its fine grain structure and super stain-resistant properties.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/29-Pohl-Prepper-One-niolox-P1280119.jpg" alt="[Image: 29-Pohl-Prepper-One-niolox-P1280119.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2808" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">The Key, The Secret:</span><br />
<br />
No, not a nineties hit by the Urban Cookie Collective, but the Prepper One's key to its concealed hollow handle.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/33-Pohl-Prepper-One-the-key-P1000323.jpg" alt="[Image: 33-Pohl-Prepper-One-the-key-P1000323.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Using the key to unscrew the handle bolts, and lifting off one handle reveals the hidden compartment.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/34-Pohl-Prepper-One-open-P1280141.jpg" alt="[Image: 34-Pohl-Prepper-One-open-P1280141.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
This skeletonised tang, much like many full tang knives have to change the balance, provides part of the hollow compartment. The handles themselves are also milled out to make the space inside the handle larger.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/35-Pohl-Prepper-One-open-P1280145.jpg" alt="[Image: 35-Pohl-Prepper-One-open-P1280145.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Fully disassembled, we have the two G10 handles, the two parts of both handle bolts, and the full tang knife blade.<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2808" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">There is more.</span><br />
<br />
For an even more traditional look, Pohl Force now offer a Santos wood option for the handles.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/37-Pohl-Prepper-One-Santos-wooden-handle-P1280153.jpg" alt="[Image: 37-Pohl-Prepper-One-Santos-wooden-handle-P1280153.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
As removal and fitting of the handle scales is so easy (exactly as this is something you should be doing to access the hollow handle), swapping between the G10 and wood scales is just as easy.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/39-Pohl-Prepper-One-Santos-wood-texture-P1280158.jpg" alt="[Image: 39-Pohl-Prepper-One-Santos-wood-texture-P1280158.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2808" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
It does look good with those wooden handles.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/38-Pohl-Prepper-One-Santos-wood-sheathed-P1280155.jpg" alt="[Image: 38-Pohl-Prepper-One-Santos-wood-sheathed-P1280155.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">What it is like to use?</span><br />
<br />
I was fortunate enough to have the choice of testing either the Prepper One or Prepper Two. I chose the Prepper One purely for its much more general purpose size, with the Two being a much bigger camp knife. Clearly as the first of the Prepper designs to be released it needed to be versatile and easy to carry (with the added bonus relating to German knife carry law described by Dietmar in the video interview).<br />
<br />
However much I was drawn to the Prepper Two, the Prepper One was so 'just right' I knew it was the right choice. Even better would be the pair.<br />
<br />
My hands take XL Gloves, and though my fingers wrap the grip fully, it still feels a generous size for excellent stability without ending up too big for smaller hands.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/31-Pohl-Prepper-One-in-hand-P1280131.jpg" alt="[Image: 31-Pohl-Prepper-One-in-hand-P1280131.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
You can see here I have the G10 handles fitted. For hard work they are my favourite over the wood grips, however, I love the way the wooden grips look, and really fit that traditional feel of the knife. The G10s will be the workhorse grips for me, but the wooden ones will come out when I want a different feel.<br />
<br />
The jimping is perfectly positioned for your thumb when using a sabre grip. With its 6mm blade stock, this thumb position is very comfortable and allows you to exert high pressures without the spine cutting into your thumb.<br />
<br />
Of course the flip-side to this is that you can never really forget about that 6mm blade stock, as the Prepper One does feel a relatively heavy knife due to this, despite the hollow handle taking a big chuck out of the weight of the tang.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/32-Pohl-Prepper-One-in-hand-thumb-P1280132.jpg" alt="[Image: 32-Pohl-Prepper-One-in-hand-thumb-P1280132.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
We must dwell on that 6mm blade stock a little longer. What is the purpose of the Prepper One? Its name 'Prepper' pretty much sums it up, a knife to ensure you are prepared for whatever you might have to face. These are the situations where a knife blade might have to be used for much more than simple cutting. Breaching, demolition, splitting and use as a spear are only a few of the many extreme tasks it may be needed for. You might balk at the mention of some of those, and many less substantial knives would just fail leaving you worse off than before, but that slight weight penalty gives you a blade that has a strength that you are not ever likely to exceed - Prepper is the word indeed.<br />
<br />
And preparing yourself further, the hollow handle...<br />
<br />
As it comes, the key has been put onto the lanyard, which can become a little awkward. I've moved this around (check out [url=https://www.instagram.com/tacticalreviews/"]@TacticalReviews on Instagram[/url] for a photo) so the key is attached to the sheath instead, with the lanyard cord on the knife left plain.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/51-Pohl-Prepper-One-using-the-key-P1000325.jpg" alt="[Image: 51-Pohl-Prepper-One-using-the-key-P1000325.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
When reassembling the handles or swapping to the wooden grips, make sure to line up the flats on the handle bolts with the corresponding shaping in the holes. Failure to do this will result in the bolts sitting too high and possibly damaging the handles.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/51-2-Pohl-Prepper-One-bolt-flat-P1280179.jpg" alt="[Image: 51-2-Pohl-Prepper-One-bolt-flat-P1280179.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
So what would you put in that hollow handle? For me it is Fire and Fish. Remember that this hollow handle is not water-tight, so whatever you put in there might get wet.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/52-Pohl-Prepper-One-open-fishing-P1000329.jpg" alt="[Image: 52-Pohl-Prepper-One-open-fishing-P1000329.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2808" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
But I digress...<br />
<br />
The Prepper One; in reality the hollow handle is more of a fit and forget feature. The things you put in it are things you want to have and will be glad you do, but really don't want to need. With the need to disassemble the handle it isn't a practical every day storage solution, but is an excellent backup option.<br />
<br />
As a knife rather than a survival tool, the Prepper One feels well balanced (if slightly heavy) and its full flat grind really helps the slicing ability of the blade, but the 6mm blade stock does make its presence known with deeper cuts in stiff materials. Though I can appreciate the benefits of Scandi-grinds, the choice of a full flat grind really suits the Prepper One, and makes it very easy to work with.<br />
<br />
Kydex sheaths are not my favourite, mainly due to what I call 'sheath-recoil' where overly stiff Kydex sheaths lead to knives flying out in an uncontrolled way when unsheathing them. Not so with the Prepper One. The sheath retention is spot on, and the knife is both held securely and also perfectly easy to remove without any hint of sheath-recoil.<br />
<br />
With its utility blade dimensions, you would not think of the Prepper One as a chopper, especially next to its bigger brother the Prepper Two, however, thanks to the 6mm blade stock it has more weight to it than most other knives this size. So you can employ this for light chopping, or just to get through smaller branches a bit quicker. Not a major feature, but helpful considering this size of knife is easy to carry.<br />
<br />
The finger guard is not very pronounced, but it is very effective at stabilising your grip on the knife. Overall the shaping of the handle and guard make it very comfortable to use for extended periods. I have also really appreciated the way the lanyard is pushed backwards in the G10 handles, so however you hold it, you don't end up pressing onto the lanyard cord (which can make a hotspot). Once I decided to move the hollow handle key off the lanyard (and fitted it to the sheath) the experience of using the knife became a real pleasure, and without having to carry a much bigger 'survival' knife, you also know you have a potential beast of a blade should you really need it. It might be named 'Prepper', but it is a knife you can use every day.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">Review Summary</span><br />
<br />
The views expressed in this summary table are from the point of view of the reviewer’s personal use. I am not a member of the armed forces and cannot comment on its use beyond a cutting tool or field/hunting knife.<br />
<br />
Something that might be a ‘pro’ for one user can be a ‘con’ for another, so the comments are categorised based on my requirements. You should consider all points and if they could be beneficial to you.<br />
<br />
<br />
_______________________________________________<br />
Things I like<br />
_______________________________________________<br />
Hidden Hollow Handle Compartment.<br />
Super Strong (6mm stock) Niolox Full Tang Blade<br />
Easily removable/swappable handles.<br />
Superb Lionsteel build quality.<br />
Excellent grip and handling.<br />
Ideal general purpose size.<br />
<br />
_______________________________________________<br />
What doesn't work so well for me<br />
_______________________________________________<br />
Handle Key can get in the way when on the lanyard (easily moved).<br />
Heavy feel due to 6mm blade stock.<br />
Flocked sheath lining will collect dirt.<br />
Makes you want to buy the Prepper Two as well.<br />
<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/01-Pohl-Prepper-One-logo-P1270990.jpg" alt="[Image: 01-Pohl-Prepper-One-logo-P1270990.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<div style="text-align: center;" class="mycode_align"><a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2808" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/Click-for-more-V5-800resized-first.png" alt="[Image: Click-for-more-V5-800resized-first.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
(Moderators, there is a reciprocal link at the end of every review on Tactical Reviews.)<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/Round-Sticker-V1-0.png" alt="[Image: Round-Sticker-V1-0.png]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
</div>]]></content:encoded>
		</item>
		<item>
			<title><![CDATA[Knife Review: Extrema Ratio TASK J]]></title>
			<link>http://bessex.com/forum/showthread.php?tid=290</link>
			<pubDate>Tue, 27 Feb 2018 11:36:53 +0000</pubDate>
			<guid isPermaLink="false">http://bessex.com/forum/showthread.php?tid=290</guid>
			<description><![CDATA[<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/00-Extrema-R-Task-J-feature-P1260639.jpg" alt="[Image: 00-Extrema-R-Task-J-feature-P1260639.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Based on the original TASK tactical knife designed by Thilo Schiller, this version of the TASK, the TASK J has been developed as a collaboration with the Jagdkommando Unit, the Austrian Army special forces. Their requirements were for a heavier duty version of the original TASK which could survive more extreme use.<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/00-Extrema-R-Task-J-feature-P1260559.jpg" alt="[Image: 00-Extrema-R-Task-J-feature-P1260559.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<div style="text-align: center;" class="mycode_align"><span style="color: Indigo;" class="mycode_color"><span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br />
Author's Statement for Transparency and Disclosure<br />
The test sample/s featured in this article have been provided for technical testing and review by the manufacturer. Test samples are retained by the reviewer following publication of the completed review for the purposes of long term testing and product comparisons.<br />
<br />
All output figures and test results published in this review are the sole work of the reviewer, and are carried out independently and without bias. Test results are reported as found, with no embellishments or alteration. Though best endeavours are made to maintain the accuracy of test equipment, the accuracy of these results is not guaranteed and is subject to the test equipment functioning correctly.<br />
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------</span></span></div>
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">The Blade and Handle Geometry:</span><br />
<br />
Most knife specifications have a basic description of the blade geometry, but in this section I will be taking a more detailed look at geometry and balance.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/48-Extrema-R-Task-J-grind-P1270933.jpg" alt="[Image: 48-Extrema-R-Task-J-grind-P1270933.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Using a set of gauges and precision measuring equipment including a Vernier protractor, callipers, fixed radius gauges and the unique Arc Master adjustable radius gauge (the one that looks like a crossbow).<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/09/Knife-measuring-P1180483.jpg" alt="[Image: Knife-measuring-P1180483.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<br />
These measurements have been tabulated and are presented along with a few reference blades (8" Chef's Knife, 5.5" Santoku and the popular Fällkniven F1).<br />
<br />
Key aspects such as the primary bevel angle, grind type, blade depth, blade thickness, length, weight are detailed, along with balance information.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/49-Extrema-R-Task-J-bevel-P1270938.jpg" alt="[Image: 49-Extrema-R-Task-J-bevel-P1270938.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<br />
The 'Balance relative to the front of the handle' tells you if the knife will feel front heavy, or if the weight is in your hand (a positive value means the weight is forward of the front of the handle). The 'Balance relative to the centre of the handle' indicates how close to a 'neutral balance' the knife has in the hand.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/47-Extrema-R-Task-J-balance-P1270922.jpg" alt="[Image: 47-Extrema-R-Task-J-balance-P1270922.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<br />
In the case of full convex grinds the approximate centre of the grind is used for the primary bevel angle estimate.<br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2420" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-100h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-100h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">(Wherever you see the 'Read MORE' marker, it indicates that the Extended Version of the review has additional content at that point. Viewing the extended version helps support further reviews, but please ensure you return to this Forum for comments and discussion.)</span><br />
<br />
The blade is made from ACCIAIO BöHLER N690 (58HRC) steel.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">New for 2018! BESS Certified sharpness testing:</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">The BESS 'C' scale of sharpness, developed by Mike Brubacher (Brubacher Edge Sharpness Scale) will now become part of Tactical Reviews' knife testing process. Initially this will be used to verify the sharpness of the factory edge and allow the knife to be brought to a minimum standard sharpness before testing a blade's cutting performance.</span><br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2420" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
The TASK J's factory edge has an average BESS 'C' sharpness of 533. Though this officially comes in as a 'dull' edge, it will just slice 80gsm paper. Because there are some areas at a BESS 'C' score of 407, that allows for a borderline working edge, which is the only reason it is possible to slice 80gsm paper with this factory edge.<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/50-Extrema-R-Task-J-BESS-1-P1010185.jpg" alt="[Image: 50-Extrema-R-Task-J-BESS-1-P1010185.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">Explained by the Maker:</span><br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">The reasons for certain design choices may not be clear when simply looking at an object, so this section is intended to give an insight into the thinking behind a design by speaking to the designer themselves.</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">Unfortunately I can’t always get time with the designer so will use this section to include relevant information about the knife and its designer.</span><br />
<br />
Direct quote from Extrema Ratio's website.<br />
"This tactical knife has been developed together with material experts of Jagdkommando Unit, the Austrian Army special force. It is a multi purpose tactical knife with double guards to avoid accidentally slipping of the hand on the blade. It comes with standard desert side sheath with automatic retention mechanism and protective slap. A fireball flint and striker is placed inside the sheath."<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">A few more details:</span><br />
<br />
A well made cardboard box is used for the TASK J.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/01-Extrema-R-Task-J-box-P1260402.jpg" alt="[Image: 01-Extrema-R-Task-J-box-P1260402.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
The full package is wrapped in a plastic bag, and fills the substantial box.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/02-Extrema-R-Task-J-box-open-P1260418.jpg" alt="[Image: 02-Extrema-R-Task-J-box-open-P1260418.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Along with the bagged knife are two leaflets and a quality control card.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/03-Extrema-R-Task-J-box-contents-P1260423.jpg" alt="[Image: 03-Extrema-R-Task-J-box-contents-P1260423.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Slipping the TASK J out of the bag; the leg strap is kept neatly in place with a rubber band.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/04-Extrema-R-Task-J-wrapped-P1260428.jpg" alt="[Image: 04-Extrema-R-Task-J-wrapped-P1260428.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Taking a moment here to mention that Extrema Ratio have packed the design of the sheath with so much detail, this needs to be appreciated, so we'll be covering this before moving onto the knife.<br />
<br />
Being a full size knife, there is a removable leg strap to allow you to really keep it under control in vigorous situations.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/05-Extrema-R-Task-J-leg-strap-P1260433.jpg" alt="[Image: 05-Extrema-R-Task-J-leg-strap-P1260433.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
The leg strap has a double elasticated section so you can fit is snugly without then finding it cuts in uncomfortably.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/06-Extrema-R-Task-J-leg-elastic-P1260437.jpg" alt="[Image: 06-Extrema-R-Task-J-leg-elastic-P1260437.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Both ends of the leg strap are adjustable in length using velcro. There is an elastic cover to slide over the end of the strap end to prevent it from being pulled away during use.<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2420" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
Onto the main sheath. The most obvious atypical feature is the full knife handle cover; as shown here, the knife itself is almost fully concealed. This flap is a critical feature to help prevent a knife fitted to a pack becoming a 'hang up' hazard. With the flap over the knife handle it is far less likely to catch on something.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/10-Extrema-R-Task-J-sheath-P1260456.jpg" alt="[Image: 10-Extrema-R-Task-J-sheath-P1260456.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Not relying on a fabric to keep the blade from cutting through the sheath, there is a full plastic sheath liner. This is the bottom of the sheath with the special fixing (visible on the front of the sheath) and the black plastic liner plug that closes off the end of the liner, but leaves gaps for drainage.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/11-Extrema-R-Task-J-sheath-insert-P1260460.jpg" alt="[Image: 11-Extrema-R-Task-J-sheath-insert-P1260460.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
A high quality plastic snap buckle holds the knife cover flap in place.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/12-Extrema-R-Task-J-sheath-buckle-P1260465.jpg" alt="[Image: 12-Extrema-R-Task-J-sheath-buckle-P1260465.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Rolling the sheath over and there is a full length MOLLE fixing strap.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/13-Extrema-R-Task-J-sheath-molle-P1260470.jpg" alt="[Image: 13-Extrema-R-Task-J-sheath-molle-P1260470.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
The top of that MOLLE strap is what holds the removable knife cover flap in place.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/14-Extrema-R-Task-J-sheath-flap-P1260474.jpg" alt="[Image: 14-Extrema-R-Task-J-sheath-flap-P1260474.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Here the knife cover flap has been folded under the rest of the sheath. Note the thin black cord running down the side of the sheath.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/15-Extrema-R-Task-J-sheath-flap-folded-P1260479.jpg" alt="[Image: 15-Extrema-R-Task-J-sheath-flap-folded-P1260479.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
That cord runs all the way down and is held by the MOLLE strap press stud.<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2420" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
The knife retention strap is also adjustable / removable, with velcro holding it in place.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/22-Extrema-R-Task-J-sheath-retention-P1260524.jpg" alt="[Image: 22-Extrema-R-Task-J-sheath-retention-P1260524.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
The primary knife retention is not the strap, but is a plastic tab that is part of the sheath liner.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/23-Extrema-R-Task-J-sheath-retention-P1260529.jpg" alt="[Image: 23-Extrema-R-Task-J-sheath-retention-P1260529.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
You can see how the side of the handle hits that plastic tab as you insert the knife into the sheath.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/43-Extrema-R-Task-J-sheath-lock-P1260624.jpg" alt="[Image: 43-Extrema-R-Task-J-sheath-lock-P1260624.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Push a little more firmly, and the knife clicks into place. It is now held in the sheath by this plastic tab, requiring a firm pull to free it.<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2420" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
Having covered its feature packed sheath system, here is the TASK J.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/24-Extrema-R-Task-J-with-sheath-P1260533.jpg" alt="[Image: 24-Extrema-R-Task-J-with-sheath-P1260533.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Though similar to the TASK in that it has a double-edged, modified wharncliffe blade, the primary bevel is quite different, as well as the blade having a bayonet grind.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/27-Extrema-R-Task-J-angle-P1260572.jpg" alt="[Image: 27-Extrema-R-Task-J-angle-P1260572.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
The blade is symmetrically ground.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/28-Extrema-R-Task-J-angle-reverse-P1260574.jpg" alt="[Image: 28-Extrema-R-Task-J-angle-reverse-P1260574.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Extrema Ratio's distinctive Forprene handle is used, in this case the desert colour.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/29-Extrema-R-Task-J-rear-angle-P1260594.jpg" alt="[Image: 29-Extrema-R-Task-J-rear-angle-P1260594.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Used on several models, this recognisable handle is particularly effective. The grip design provides a secure dual finger groove and the Forprene material cushions the user from the shock of heavy blows.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/30-Extrema-R-Task-J-handle-P1260586.jpg" alt="[Image: 30-Extrema-R-Task-J-handle-P1260586.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Another clear design feature intended for extreme use, is the double guard which provides the greatest protection against the hand slipping forward onto the blade.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/31-Extrema-R-Task-J-model-P1260577.jpg" alt="[Image: 31-Extrema-R-Task-J-model-P1260577.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
A well radiused plunge line keeps maximum strength at the transition from cutting edge to ricasso. Note the lack of a choil which in this case removes the chance of a hang-up if the blade has made a full depth cut.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/32-Extrema-R-Task-J-plunge-P1260565.jpg" alt="[Image: 32-Extrema-R-Task-J-plunge-P1260565.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
There is a single bolt to keep the handle in place.<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2420" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
To properly show the proportions of the TASK J, this side shot minimises perspective distortions.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/38-Extrema-R-Task-J-full-side-P1260602.jpg" alt="[Image: 38-Extrema-R-Task-J-full-side-P1260602.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">What it is like to use?</span><br />
<br />
Extrema Ratio's TASK J is not what I would normally think of as your 'every day' knife. It is a specifically heavy duty knife, for conditions where you need that absolute assurance the blade is as strong as it could be and will take anything you throw at it.<br />
<br />
The superb attention to detail in the sheath design only reinforces how the whole package is intended to work in conditions most of us will thankfully never have to endure. With comprehensive carry options you can pack this knife in all sorts of ways and know it will still be there with you through the worst.<br />
<br />
What the TASK J does that is different to most of the other knives capable of demolition/extraction work, is to maintain the more refined feel of a general purpose knife instead of just seeming like a large slab of steel - an important distinction.<br />
<br />
Taking the TASK J in hand, and it is a full size knife, having a blade just over 6" long. The ultra modern looking grip is very comfortable and secure to hold (one reason it features on many of Extrema Ratio's knives). Despite the amount of meat in the blade it does not feel overly heavy or unbalanced.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/39-Extrema-R-Task-J-in-hand-P1260604.jpg" alt="[Image: 39-Extrema-R-Task-J-in-hand-P1260604.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
In a reverse grip, the top guard does interfere somewhat with the range of movement, and makes it more difficult to bring the blade back close to your arm.<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2420" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
Going back for a minute to the sheath, the click-retention makes for a very effective system, the knife can come in and out of the sheath repeatedly, yet despite not using the retention strap, it is held securely and won't fall out. Details like this are not to be underestimated, as working with a knife it is far better to re-sheath it than leave it lying about between cuts, and if you have to move off in a hurry, it stays where it should be and with you. There is nothing flimsy about any aspect of the sheath. Wherever you put it is where it will stay, and it is also fully ambidextrous.<br />
<br />
For such a heavy duty blade, the balance is extremely good. It is in front of the first finger, as the balance point sits at the guard itself. This makes it slightly blade heavy, but much less than similar knives, and certainly not fatiguing when using it for finer duties when you want a lighter feel.<br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2420" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
With there being such a large fire-steel included I was surprised that there wasn't a striker on the blade spine. Extrema Ratio said that with the fire-steel only likely to be used in very rare instances, if needed, the blade edge would be used. Definitely not something I'd want to do, so I'll be grinding a small striker into the spine.<br />
<br />
Putting the TASK J next to the Extrema Ratio knife that first drew me to the brand, the Fulcrum. The TASK J's blade is a little wider and shorter than the Fulcrum. With the Fulcrum's double guard next to the TASK J's, also note how the TASK J has lanyard / lashing holes in its guard - more flexibility in the way you can use it. It might have been made for the special forces, but this is firmly in the territory of a tough survival /utility knife.<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/46-Extrema-R-Task-J-Fulcrum-P1260653.jpg" alt="[Image: 46-Extrema-R-Task-J-Fulcrum-P1260653.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
With the TASK being such a good general utility blade, it is no surprise that a special forces unit (the Jagdkommando Unit) were enthusiastic for a heavier version of that blade style, and they certainly got it in the TASK J.<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">Review Summary</span><br />
<br />
The views expressed in this summary table are from the point of view of the reviewer’s personal use. I am not a member of the armed forces and cannot comment on its use beyond a cutting tool or field/hunting knife.<br />
<br />
Something that might be a ‘pro’ for one user can be a ‘con’ for another, so the comments are categorised based on my requirements. You should consider all points and if they could be beneficial to you.<br />
<br />
<br />
_______________________________________________<br />
Things I like<br />
_______________________________________________<br />
Strong, but well balanced, blade.<br />
Super versatile and effective sheath.<br />
Giant fire-steel included.<br />
Effective and comfortable grip.<br />
Double guard with lashing points.<br />
<br />
_______________________________________________<br />
What doesn't work so well for me<br />
_______________________________________________<br />
Blade coating can 'drag' when cutting.<br />
Poor factory edge.<br />
No striker for the fire-steel.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/00-Extrema-R-Task-J-feature-P1260639.jpg" alt="[Image: 00-Extrema-R-Task-J-feature-P1260639.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<div style="text-align: center;" class="mycode_align"><a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2420" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/Click-for-more-V5-800resized-first.png" alt="[Image: Click-for-more-V5-800resized-first.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
(Moderators, there is a reciprocal link at the end of every review on Tactical Reviews.)<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/Round-Sticker-V1-0.png" alt="[Image: Round-Sticker-V1-0.png]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/CPF-Trusted-Stamp-200-background.png" alt="[Image: CPF-Trusted-Stamp-200-background.png]" class="mycode_img" /></div>]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/00-Extrema-R-Task-J-feature-P1260639.jpg" alt="[Image: 00-Extrema-R-Task-J-feature-P1260639.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Based on the original TASK tactical knife designed by Thilo Schiller, this version of the TASK, the TASK J has been developed as a collaboration with the Jagdkommando Unit, the Austrian Army special forces. Their requirements were for a heavier duty version of the original TASK which could survive more extreme use.<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/00-Extrema-R-Task-J-feature-P1260559.jpg" alt="[Image: 00-Extrema-R-Task-J-feature-P1260559.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<div style="text-align: center;" class="mycode_align"><span style="color: Indigo;" class="mycode_color"><span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br />
Author's Statement for Transparency and Disclosure<br />
The test sample/s featured in this article have been provided for technical testing and review by the manufacturer. Test samples are retained by the reviewer following publication of the completed review for the purposes of long term testing and product comparisons.<br />
<br />
All output figures and test results published in this review are the sole work of the reviewer, and are carried out independently and without bias. Test results are reported as found, with no embellishments or alteration. Though best endeavours are made to maintain the accuracy of test equipment, the accuracy of these results is not guaranteed and is subject to the test equipment functioning correctly.<br />
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------</span></span></div>
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">The Blade and Handle Geometry:</span><br />
<br />
Most knife specifications have a basic description of the blade geometry, but in this section I will be taking a more detailed look at geometry and balance.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/48-Extrema-R-Task-J-grind-P1270933.jpg" alt="[Image: 48-Extrema-R-Task-J-grind-P1270933.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Using a set of gauges and precision measuring equipment including a Vernier protractor, callipers, fixed radius gauges and the unique Arc Master adjustable radius gauge (the one that looks like a crossbow).<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/09/Knife-measuring-P1180483.jpg" alt="[Image: Knife-measuring-P1180483.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<br />
These measurements have been tabulated and are presented along with a few reference blades (8" Chef's Knife, 5.5" Santoku and the popular Fällkniven F1).<br />
<br />
Key aspects such as the primary bevel angle, grind type, blade depth, blade thickness, length, weight are detailed, along with balance information.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/49-Extrema-R-Task-J-bevel-P1270938.jpg" alt="[Image: 49-Extrema-R-Task-J-bevel-P1270938.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<br />
The 'Balance relative to the front of the handle' tells you if the knife will feel front heavy, or if the weight is in your hand (a positive value means the weight is forward of the front of the handle). The 'Balance relative to the centre of the handle' indicates how close to a 'neutral balance' the knife has in the hand.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/47-Extrema-R-Task-J-balance-P1270922.jpg" alt="[Image: 47-Extrema-R-Task-J-balance-P1270922.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<br />
In the case of full convex grinds the approximate centre of the grind is used for the primary bevel angle estimate.<br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2420" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-100h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-100h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">(Wherever you see the 'Read MORE' marker, it indicates that the Extended Version of the review has additional content at that point. Viewing the extended version helps support further reviews, but please ensure you return to this Forum for comments and discussion.)</span><br />
<br />
The blade is made from ACCIAIO BöHLER N690 (58HRC) steel.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">New for 2018! BESS Certified sharpness testing:</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">The BESS 'C' scale of sharpness, developed by Mike Brubacher (Brubacher Edge Sharpness Scale) will now become part of Tactical Reviews' knife testing process. Initially this will be used to verify the sharpness of the factory edge and allow the knife to be brought to a minimum standard sharpness before testing a blade's cutting performance.</span><br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2420" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
The TASK J's factory edge has an average BESS 'C' sharpness of 533. Though this officially comes in as a 'dull' edge, it will just slice 80gsm paper. Because there are some areas at a BESS 'C' score of 407, that allows for a borderline working edge, which is the only reason it is possible to slice 80gsm paper with this factory edge.<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/50-Extrema-R-Task-J-BESS-1-P1010185.jpg" alt="[Image: 50-Extrema-R-Task-J-BESS-1-P1010185.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">Explained by the Maker:</span><br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">The reasons for certain design choices may not be clear when simply looking at an object, so this section is intended to give an insight into the thinking behind a design by speaking to the designer themselves.</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">Unfortunately I can’t always get time with the designer so will use this section to include relevant information about the knife and its designer.</span><br />
<br />
Direct quote from Extrema Ratio's website.<br />
"This tactical knife has been developed together with material experts of Jagdkommando Unit, the Austrian Army special force. It is a multi purpose tactical knife with double guards to avoid accidentally slipping of the hand on the blade. It comes with standard desert side sheath with automatic retention mechanism and protective slap. A fireball flint and striker is placed inside the sheath."<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">A few more details:</span><br />
<br />
A well made cardboard box is used for the TASK J.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/01-Extrema-R-Task-J-box-P1260402.jpg" alt="[Image: 01-Extrema-R-Task-J-box-P1260402.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
The full package is wrapped in a plastic bag, and fills the substantial box.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/02-Extrema-R-Task-J-box-open-P1260418.jpg" alt="[Image: 02-Extrema-R-Task-J-box-open-P1260418.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Along with the bagged knife are two leaflets and a quality control card.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/03-Extrema-R-Task-J-box-contents-P1260423.jpg" alt="[Image: 03-Extrema-R-Task-J-box-contents-P1260423.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Slipping the TASK J out of the bag; the leg strap is kept neatly in place with a rubber band.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/04-Extrema-R-Task-J-wrapped-P1260428.jpg" alt="[Image: 04-Extrema-R-Task-J-wrapped-P1260428.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Taking a moment here to mention that Extrema Ratio have packed the design of the sheath with so much detail, this needs to be appreciated, so we'll be covering this before moving onto the knife.<br />
<br />
Being a full size knife, there is a removable leg strap to allow you to really keep it under control in vigorous situations.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/05-Extrema-R-Task-J-leg-strap-P1260433.jpg" alt="[Image: 05-Extrema-R-Task-J-leg-strap-P1260433.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
The leg strap has a double elasticated section so you can fit is snugly without then finding it cuts in uncomfortably.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/06-Extrema-R-Task-J-leg-elastic-P1260437.jpg" alt="[Image: 06-Extrema-R-Task-J-leg-elastic-P1260437.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Both ends of the leg strap are adjustable in length using velcro. There is an elastic cover to slide over the end of the strap end to prevent it from being pulled away during use.<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2420" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
Onto the main sheath. The most obvious atypical feature is the full knife handle cover; as shown here, the knife itself is almost fully concealed. This flap is a critical feature to help prevent a knife fitted to a pack becoming a 'hang up' hazard. With the flap over the knife handle it is far less likely to catch on something.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/10-Extrema-R-Task-J-sheath-P1260456.jpg" alt="[Image: 10-Extrema-R-Task-J-sheath-P1260456.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Not relying on a fabric to keep the blade from cutting through the sheath, there is a full plastic sheath liner. This is the bottom of the sheath with the special fixing (visible on the front of the sheath) and the black plastic liner plug that closes off the end of the liner, but leaves gaps for drainage.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/11-Extrema-R-Task-J-sheath-insert-P1260460.jpg" alt="[Image: 11-Extrema-R-Task-J-sheath-insert-P1260460.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
A high quality plastic snap buckle holds the knife cover flap in place.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/12-Extrema-R-Task-J-sheath-buckle-P1260465.jpg" alt="[Image: 12-Extrema-R-Task-J-sheath-buckle-P1260465.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Rolling the sheath over and there is a full length MOLLE fixing strap.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/13-Extrema-R-Task-J-sheath-molle-P1260470.jpg" alt="[Image: 13-Extrema-R-Task-J-sheath-molle-P1260470.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
The top of that MOLLE strap is what holds the removable knife cover flap in place.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/14-Extrema-R-Task-J-sheath-flap-P1260474.jpg" alt="[Image: 14-Extrema-R-Task-J-sheath-flap-P1260474.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Here the knife cover flap has been folded under the rest of the sheath. Note the thin black cord running down the side of the sheath.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/15-Extrema-R-Task-J-sheath-flap-folded-P1260479.jpg" alt="[Image: 15-Extrema-R-Task-J-sheath-flap-folded-P1260479.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
That cord runs all the way down and is held by the MOLLE strap press stud.<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2420" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
The knife retention strap is also adjustable / removable, with velcro holding it in place.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/22-Extrema-R-Task-J-sheath-retention-P1260524.jpg" alt="[Image: 22-Extrema-R-Task-J-sheath-retention-P1260524.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
The primary knife retention is not the strap, but is a plastic tab that is part of the sheath liner.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/23-Extrema-R-Task-J-sheath-retention-P1260529.jpg" alt="[Image: 23-Extrema-R-Task-J-sheath-retention-P1260529.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
You can see how the side of the handle hits that plastic tab as you insert the knife into the sheath.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/43-Extrema-R-Task-J-sheath-lock-P1260624.jpg" alt="[Image: 43-Extrema-R-Task-J-sheath-lock-P1260624.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Push a little more firmly, and the knife clicks into place. It is now held in the sheath by this plastic tab, requiring a firm pull to free it.<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2420" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
Having covered its feature packed sheath system, here is the TASK J.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/24-Extrema-R-Task-J-with-sheath-P1260533.jpg" alt="[Image: 24-Extrema-R-Task-J-with-sheath-P1260533.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Though similar to the TASK in that it has a double-edged, modified wharncliffe blade, the primary bevel is quite different, as well as the blade having a bayonet grind.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/27-Extrema-R-Task-J-angle-P1260572.jpg" alt="[Image: 27-Extrema-R-Task-J-angle-P1260572.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
The blade is symmetrically ground.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/28-Extrema-R-Task-J-angle-reverse-P1260574.jpg" alt="[Image: 28-Extrema-R-Task-J-angle-reverse-P1260574.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Extrema Ratio's distinctive Forprene handle is used, in this case the desert colour.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/29-Extrema-R-Task-J-rear-angle-P1260594.jpg" alt="[Image: 29-Extrema-R-Task-J-rear-angle-P1260594.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Used on several models, this recognisable handle is particularly effective. The grip design provides a secure dual finger groove and the Forprene material cushions the user from the shock of heavy blows.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/30-Extrema-R-Task-J-handle-P1260586.jpg" alt="[Image: 30-Extrema-R-Task-J-handle-P1260586.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Another clear design feature intended for extreme use, is the double guard which provides the greatest protection against the hand slipping forward onto the blade.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/31-Extrema-R-Task-J-model-P1260577.jpg" alt="[Image: 31-Extrema-R-Task-J-model-P1260577.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
A well radiused plunge line keeps maximum strength at the transition from cutting edge to ricasso. Note the lack of a choil which in this case removes the chance of a hang-up if the blade has made a full depth cut.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/32-Extrema-R-Task-J-plunge-P1260565.jpg" alt="[Image: 32-Extrema-R-Task-J-plunge-P1260565.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
There is a single bolt to keep the handle in place.<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2420" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
To properly show the proportions of the TASK J, this side shot minimises perspective distortions.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/38-Extrema-R-Task-J-full-side-P1260602.jpg" alt="[Image: 38-Extrema-R-Task-J-full-side-P1260602.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">What it is like to use?</span><br />
<br />
Extrema Ratio's TASK J is not what I would normally think of as your 'every day' knife. It is a specifically heavy duty knife, for conditions where you need that absolute assurance the blade is as strong as it could be and will take anything you throw at it.<br />
<br />
The superb attention to detail in the sheath design only reinforces how the whole package is intended to work in conditions most of us will thankfully never have to endure. With comprehensive carry options you can pack this knife in all sorts of ways and know it will still be there with you through the worst.<br />
<br />
What the TASK J does that is different to most of the other knives capable of demolition/extraction work, is to maintain the more refined feel of a general purpose knife instead of just seeming like a large slab of steel - an important distinction.<br />
<br />
Taking the TASK J in hand, and it is a full size knife, having a blade just over 6" long. The ultra modern looking grip is very comfortable and secure to hold (one reason it features on many of Extrema Ratio's knives). Despite the amount of meat in the blade it does not feel overly heavy or unbalanced.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/39-Extrema-R-Task-J-in-hand-P1260604.jpg" alt="[Image: 39-Extrema-R-Task-J-in-hand-P1260604.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
In a reverse grip, the top guard does interfere somewhat with the range of movement, and makes it more difficult to bring the blade back close to your arm.<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2420" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
Going back for a minute to the sheath, the click-retention makes for a very effective system, the knife can come in and out of the sheath repeatedly, yet despite not using the retention strap, it is held securely and won't fall out. Details like this are not to be underestimated, as working with a knife it is far better to re-sheath it than leave it lying about between cuts, and if you have to move off in a hurry, it stays where it should be and with you. There is nothing flimsy about any aspect of the sheath. Wherever you put it is where it will stay, and it is also fully ambidextrous.<br />
<br />
For such a heavy duty blade, the balance is extremely good. It is in front of the first finger, as the balance point sits at the guard itself. This makes it slightly blade heavy, but much less than similar knives, and certainly not fatiguing when using it for finer duties when you want a lighter feel.<br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2420" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
With there being such a large fire-steel included I was surprised that there wasn't a striker on the blade spine. Extrema Ratio said that with the fire-steel only likely to be used in very rare instances, if needed, the blade edge would be used. Definitely not something I'd want to do, so I'll be grinding a small striker into the spine.<br />
<br />
Putting the TASK J next to the Extrema Ratio knife that first drew me to the brand, the Fulcrum. The TASK J's blade is a little wider and shorter than the Fulcrum. With the Fulcrum's double guard next to the TASK J's, also note how the TASK J has lanyard / lashing holes in its guard - more flexibility in the way you can use it. It might have been made for the special forces, but this is firmly in the territory of a tough survival /utility knife.<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/46-Extrema-R-Task-J-Fulcrum-P1260653.jpg" alt="[Image: 46-Extrema-R-Task-J-Fulcrum-P1260653.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
With the TASK being such a good general utility blade, it is no surprise that a special forces unit (the Jagdkommando Unit) were enthusiastic for a heavier version of that blade style, and they certainly got it in the TASK J.<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">Review Summary</span><br />
<br />
The views expressed in this summary table are from the point of view of the reviewer’s personal use. I am not a member of the armed forces and cannot comment on its use beyond a cutting tool or field/hunting knife.<br />
<br />
Something that might be a ‘pro’ for one user can be a ‘con’ for another, so the comments are categorised based on my requirements. You should consider all points and if they could be beneficial to you.<br />
<br />
<br />
_______________________________________________<br />
Things I like<br />
_______________________________________________<br />
Strong, but well balanced, blade.<br />
Super versatile and effective sheath.<br />
Giant fire-steel included.<br />
Effective and comfortable grip.<br />
Double guard with lashing points.<br />
<br />
_______________________________________________<br />
What doesn't work so well for me<br />
_______________________________________________<br />
Blade coating can 'drag' when cutting.<br />
Poor factory edge.<br />
No striker for the fire-steel.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/00-Extrema-R-Task-J-feature-P1260639.jpg" alt="[Image: 00-Extrema-R-Task-J-feature-P1260639.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<div style="text-align: center;" class="mycode_align"><a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2420" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/Click-for-more-V5-800resized-first.png" alt="[Image: Click-for-more-V5-800resized-first.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
(Moderators, there is a reciprocal link at the end of every review on Tactical Reviews.)<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/Round-Sticker-V1-0.png" alt="[Image: Round-Sticker-V1-0.png]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/CPF-Trusted-Stamp-200-background.png" alt="[Image: CPF-Trusted-Stamp-200-background.png]" class="mycode_img" /></div>]]></content:encoded>
		</item>
		<item>
			<title><![CDATA[Knife Review: Lionsteel T5 MI]]></title>
			<link>http://bessex.com/forum/showthread.php?tid=281</link>
			<pubDate>Mon, 19 Feb 2018 15:22:22 +0000</pubDate>
			<guid isPermaLink="false">http://bessex.com/forum/showthread.php?tid=281</guid>
			<description><![CDATA[<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/00v2-Lionsteel-T5-Feature-P1260728-.jpg" alt="[Image: 00v2-Lionsteel-T5-Feature-P1260728-.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Each year at IWA, there are a few blades that stand out and draw you back to them time and again. Lionsteel's T5 was one of those, and may well have been my most visited blade at IWA 2017. I've been fortunate enough to be able to spend a lot more time with it subsequently, as well as being able to discuss its design with Mik Molletta, the man behind this outstanding knife.<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/32-Lionsteel-T5-with-sheath-P1260830.jpg" alt="[Image: 32-Lionsteel-T5-with-sheath-P1260830.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<div style="text-align: center;" class="mycode_align"><span style="color: Indigo;" class="mycode_color"><span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br />
Author's Statement for Transparency and Disclosure<br />
The test sample/s featured in this article have been provided for technical testing and review by the manufacturer. Test samples are retained by the reviewer following publication of the completed review for the purposes of long term testing and product comparisons.<br />
<br />
All output figures and test results published in this review are the sole work of the reviewer, and are carried out independently and without bias. Test results are reported as found, with no embellishments or alteration. Though best endeavours are made to maintain the accuracy of test equipment, the accuracy of these results is not guaranteed and is subject to the test equipment functioning correctly.<br />
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------</span></span></div>
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">The Blade and Handle Geometry:</span><br />
<br />
Most knife specifications have a basic description of the blade geometry, but in this section I will be taking a more detailed look at geometry and balance.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/34-Lionsteel-T5-grind-P1270890.jpg" alt="[Image: 34-Lionsteel-T5-grind-P1270890.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Using a set of gauges and precision measuring equipment including a Vernier protractor, callipers, fixed radius gauges and the unique Arc Master adjustable radius gauge (the one that looks like a crossbow).<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/09/Knife-measuring-P1180483.jpg" alt="[Image: Knife-measuring-P1180483.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<br />
These measurements have been tabulated and are presented along with a few reference blades (8" Chef's Knife, 5.5" Santoku and the popular Fällkniven F1).<br />
<br />
Key aspects such as the primary bevel angle, grind type, blade depth, blade thickness, length, weight are detailed, along with balance information.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/35-Lionsteel-T5-bevel-P1270895.jpg" alt="[Image: 35-Lionsteel-T5-bevel-P1270895.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<br />
The 'Balance relative to the front of the handle' tells you if the knife will feel front heavy, or if the weight is in your hand (a positive value means the weight is forward of the front of the handle). The 'Balance relative to the centre of the handle' indicates how close to a 'neutral balance' the knife has in the hand.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/33-Lionsteel-T5-balance-P1270886.jpg" alt="[Image: 33-Lionsteel-T5-balance-P1270886.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
In the case of full convex grinds the approximate centre of the grind is used for the primary bevel angle estimate.<br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2325" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-100h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-100h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">(Wherever you see the 'Read MORE' marker, it indicates that the Extended Version of the review has additional content at that point. Viewing the extended version helps support further reviews, but please ensure you return to this Forum for comments and discussion.)</span><br />
<br />
The blade is made from Niolox steel.<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">New for 2018! BESS Certified sharpness testing:</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">The BESS 'C' scale of sharpness, developed by Mike Brubacher (Brubacher Edge Sharpness Scale) will now become part of Tactical Reviews' knife testing process. Initially this will be used to verify the sharpness of the factory edge and allow the knife to be brought to a minimum standard sharpness before testing a blade's cutting performance.</span><br />
<br />
The Lionsteel T5's factory edge has an average BESS 'C' sharpness of 233. This original edge cleanly slices 80gsm copier paper with an edge cut, but won't quite push cut it. It slices into the rounded edge of a doubled over sheet of the same 80gsm paper. It also will catch the edge of green Rizla paper and slice halfway through (cross ways), but not all the way.<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/36-Lionsteel-T5-BESS-PSX_20180210_163819.jpg" alt="[Image: 36-Lionsteel-T5-BESS-PSX_20180210_163819.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">Explained by the Maker:</span><br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">The reasons for certain design choices may not be clear when simply looking at an object, so this section is intended to give an insight into the thinking behind a design by speaking to the designer themselves.</span><br />
<br />
Mik Molletta, kindly agreed to go through many of the design aspects of the T5 and despite a language barrier, Mik has helped with the questions I put to him:<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2325" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">A few more details:</span><br />
<br />
The T5 arrives in a cardboard box.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/01-Lionsteel-T5-box-P1260656.jpg" alt="[Image: 01-Lionsteel-T5-box-P1260656.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Inside, the sheathed T5 is otherwise unwrapped.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/02-Lionsteel-T5-box-open-P1260664.jpg" alt="[Image: 02-Lionsteel-T5-box-open-P1260664.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Along with the T5 is a small leaflet.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/03-Lionsteel-T5-box-contents-P1260672.jpg" alt="[Image: 03-Lionsteel-T5-box-contents-P1260672.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
However, the blade is wrapped inside the sheath.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/04-Lionsteel-T5-sheath-retention-P1260674.jpg" alt="[Image: 04-Lionsteel-T5-sheath-retention-P1260674.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
You can see that the plastic wrapping was not terribly successful, as the blade has just sliced through it when it was inserted into the sheath.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/05-Lionsteel-T5-blade-wrap-P1260679.jpg" alt="[Image: 05-Lionsteel-T5-blade-wrap-P1260679.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
A very nice quality leather sheath is used for the T5.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/06-Lionsteel-T5-leather-sheath-P1260683.jpg" alt="[Image: 06-Lionsteel-T5-leather-sheath-P1260683.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
The leather is double stitched for maximum durability and lifespan.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/07-Lionsteel-T5-leather-stitching-P1260686.jpg" alt="[Image: 07-Lionsteel-T5-leather-stitching-P1260686.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
The maker is cleanly embossed into the leather.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/08-Lionsteel-T5-leather-embossed-P1260692.jpg" alt="[Image: 08-Lionsteel-T5-leather-embossed-P1260692.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2325" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
A great looking knife and sheath. This is why I kept revisiting Lionsteel's stand at IWA 2017.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/12-Lionsteel-T5-and-sheath-P1260718.jpg" alt="[Image: 12-Lionsteel-T5-and-sheath-P1260718.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
The steel specification is engraved into the blade - NIOLOX. An increasingly popular steel.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/14-Lionsteel-T5-and-steel-P1260735.jpg" alt="[Image: 14-Lionsteel-T5-and-steel-P1260735.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2325" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
The flat grind is very high, but not quite a full flat grind.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/17-Lionsteel-T5-blade-P1260746.jpg" alt="[Image: 17-Lionsteel-T5-blade-P1260746.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Only visible along the back of the handle, there is a full length, full thickness tang.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/18-Lionsteel-T5-blade-back-P1260749.jpg" alt="[Image: 18-Lionsteel-T5-blade-back-P1260749.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Sculpted from a single piece of micarta, the handle has a wide and comfortable finger guard. The cutting edge is nicely terminated with a sharpening choil.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/19-Lionsteel-T5-handle-detail-P1260756.jpg" alt="[Image: 19-Lionsteel-T5-handle-detail-P1260756.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Grip texturing is machined into the handle surface.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/20-Lionsteel-T5-handle-bolt-P1260760.jpg" alt="[Image: 20-Lionsteel-T5-handle-bolt-P1260760.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Two stainless Torx bolts secure the handle to the tang.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/21-Lionsteel-T5-handle-P1260766.jpg" alt="[Image: 21-Lionsteel-T5-handle-P1260766.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2325" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
With a well rounded plunge line, maximum strength is retained.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/25-Lionsteel-T5-plunge-P1260788.jpg" alt="[Image: 25-Lionsteel-T5-plunge-P1260788.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Excellent attention to detail in the sheath with a protective cover over the internal part of the rivets. Doing this prevents the handle being scratched by the metal fixings.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/28-Lionsteel-T5-sheath-detail-protection-P1260811.jpg" alt="[Image: 28-Lionsteel-T5-sheath-detail-protection-P1260811.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2325" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
This really is something special.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/31-Lionsteel-T5-with-sheath-P1260823.jpg" alt="[Image: 31-Lionsteel-T5-with-sheath-P1260823.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">What it is like to use?</span><br />
<br />
I'm going to start with that beautiful and well thought out leather sheath. Fortunately I am right handed, so this presents me with no issues, and I hope Lionsteel will offer a left handed version of the sheath.<br />
It is the first MOLLE compatible production knife leather sheath I've come across, and makes an excellent change from the typical MOLLE compatible sheaths. Some MOLLE mounts are more of a struggle to use than others, and this sheath is a bit of a battle to fit. It is definitely worth planning out the position carefully as I did not enjoy fitting or removing it. The webbing on the sheath that fits over the leather MOLLE strap is quite tight, and catches firmly on the edge of the press stud when you try to slide the strap out. Easy enough when the sheath is not mounted, but definitely a struggle when trying to unmount it.<br />
The sheath wraps over the first part of the handle with the retaining strap fitting above the finger guard. This over-wrap serves two purposes, the first is a very secure hold on the knife, and the second is that the over-wrap helps keep the retaining strap out of the way of the blade edge as it is sheathed and unsheathed.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/13-Lionsteel-T5-and-sheath-P1260723.jpg" alt="[Image: 13-Lionsteel-T5-and-sheath-P1260723.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
With its 5mm blade stock, the T5 has a bit of weight to it, but that fantastic sculpted handle allows it to sit in your hand so comfortably. For a multi-purpose blade, the extra weight from the thick blade is the small trade off for the gain in strength and robustness you want in a blade that might be used for just about anything.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/26-Lionsteel-T5-in-hand-P1260798.jpg" alt="[Image: 26-Lionsteel-T5-in-hand-P1260798.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2325" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
Factory edges are a subject unto themselves, as for some it is the best edge they ever have on that knife, and for others the worst. On the T5, the factory edge was impressive, and definitely usable out of the box. Due to the blade thickness, the edge bevels are quite wide and this will only get more pronounced with further use, but is the norm for blades of this thickness.<br />
<br />
Mik Molletta has done Lionsteel proud with this design, and Lionsteel have done Mik Molletta proud with the quality of manufacture of his design, and this knife, that stood out from the crowd at IWA 2017, continues to impress the more I use it. The full package is a pleasure to use, and has put itself firmly into my top 5 favourite fixed blades.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">Review Summary</span><br />
<br />
The views expressed in this summary table are from the point of view of the reviewer’s personal use. I am not a member of the armed forces and cannot comment on its use beyond a cutting tool or field/hunting knife.<br />
<br />
Something that might be a ‘pro’ for one user can be a ‘con’ for another, so the comments are categorised based on my requirements. You should consider all points and if they could be beneficial to you.<br />
<br />
<br />
_______________________________________________<br />
Things I like<br />
_______________________________________________<br />
Sculpted one piece micarta handle.<br />
Strong 5mm blade stock.<br />
NIOLOX steel.<br />
Super quality, double-stitched leather sheath.<br />
High Flat Grind, multi-purpose blade.<br />
MOLLE compatible sheath.<br />
<br />
_______________________________________________<br />
What doesn't work so well for me<br />
_______________________________________________<br />
Sheath is right handed only.<br />
MOLLE Strap more fiddly than most.<br />
Thick blade results in a wide edge bevel.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/00-Lionsteel-T5-Feature-P1260729v2.jpg" alt="[Image: 00-Lionsteel-T5-Feature-P1260729v2.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<div style="text-align: center;" class="mycode_align"><a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2325" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/Click-for-more-V5-800resized-first.png" alt="[Image: Click-for-more-V5-800resized-first.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
(Moderators, there is a reciprocal link at the end of every review on Tactical Reviews.)<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/Round-Sticker-V1-0.png" alt="[Image: Round-Sticker-V1-0.png]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/CPF-Trusted-Stamp-200-background.png" alt="[Image: CPF-Trusted-Stamp-200-background.png]" class="mycode_img" /></div>]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/00v2-Lionsteel-T5-Feature-P1260728-.jpg" alt="[Image: 00v2-Lionsteel-T5-Feature-P1260728-.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Each year at IWA, there are a few blades that stand out and draw you back to them time and again. Lionsteel's T5 was one of those, and may well have been my most visited blade at IWA 2017. I've been fortunate enough to be able to spend a lot more time with it subsequently, as well as being able to discuss its design with Mik Molletta, the man behind this outstanding knife.<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/32-Lionsteel-T5-with-sheath-P1260830.jpg" alt="[Image: 32-Lionsteel-T5-with-sheath-P1260830.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<div style="text-align: center;" class="mycode_align"><span style="color: Indigo;" class="mycode_color"><span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br />
Author's Statement for Transparency and Disclosure<br />
The test sample/s featured in this article have been provided for technical testing and review by the manufacturer. Test samples are retained by the reviewer following publication of the completed review for the purposes of long term testing and product comparisons.<br />
<br />
All output figures and test results published in this review are the sole work of the reviewer, and are carried out independently and without bias. Test results are reported as found, with no embellishments or alteration. Though best endeavours are made to maintain the accuracy of test equipment, the accuracy of these results is not guaranteed and is subject to the test equipment functioning correctly.<br />
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------</span></span></div>
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">The Blade and Handle Geometry:</span><br />
<br />
Most knife specifications have a basic description of the blade geometry, but in this section I will be taking a more detailed look at geometry and balance.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/34-Lionsteel-T5-grind-P1270890.jpg" alt="[Image: 34-Lionsteel-T5-grind-P1270890.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Using a set of gauges and precision measuring equipment including a Vernier protractor, callipers, fixed radius gauges and the unique Arc Master adjustable radius gauge (the one that looks like a crossbow).<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/09/Knife-measuring-P1180483.jpg" alt="[Image: Knife-measuring-P1180483.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<br />
These measurements have been tabulated and are presented along with a few reference blades (8" Chef's Knife, 5.5" Santoku and the popular Fällkniven F1).<br />
<br />
Key aspects such as the primary bevel angle, grind type, blade depth, blade thickness, length, weight are detailed, along with balance information.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/35-Lionsteel-T5-bevel-P1270895.jpg" alt="[Image: 35-Lionsteel-T5-bevel-P1270895.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<br />
The 'Balance relative to the front of the handle' tells you if the knife will feel front heavy, or if the weight is in your hand (a positive value means the weight is forward of the front of the handle). The 'Balance relative to the centre of the handle' indicates how close to a 'neutral balance' the knife has in the hand.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/33-Lionsteel-T5-balance-P1270886.jpg" alt="[Image: 33-Lionsteel-T5-balance-P1270886.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
In the case of full convex grinds the approximate centre of the grind is used for the primary bevel angle estimate.<br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2325" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-100h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-100h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">(Wherever you see the 'Read MORE' marker, it indicates that the Extended Version of the review has additional content at that point. Viewing the extended version helps support further reviews, but please ensure you return to this Forum for comments and discussion.)</span><br />
<br />
The blade is made from Niolox steel.<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">New for 2018! BESS Certified sharpness testing:</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">The BESS 'C' scale of sharpness, developed by Mike Brubacher (Brubacher Edge Sharpness Scale) will now become part of Tactical Reviews' knife testing process. Initially this will be used to verify the sharpness of the factory edge and allow the knife to be brought to a minimum standard sharpness before testing a blade's cutting performance.</span><br />
<br />
The Lionsteel T5's factory edge has an average BESS 'C' sharpness of 233. This original edge cleanly slices 80gsm copier paper with an edge cut, but won't quite push cut it. It slices into the rounded edge of a doubled over sheet of the same 80gsm paper. It also will catch the edge of green Rizla paper and slice halfway through (cross ways), but not all the way.<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/36-Lionsteel-T5-BESS-PSX_20180210_163819.jpg" alt="[Image: 36-Lionsteel-T5-BESS-PSX_20180210_163819.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">Explained by the Maker:</span><br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">The reasons for certain design choices may not be clear when simply looking at an object, so this section is intended to give an insight into the thinking behind a design by speaking to the designer themselves.</span><br />
<br />
Mik Molletta, kindly agreed to go through many of the design aspects of the T5 and despite a language barrier, Mik has helped with the questions I put to him:<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2325" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">A few more details:</span><br />
<br />
The T5 arrives in a cardboard box.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/01-Lionsteel-T5-box-P1260656.jpg" alt="[Image: 01-Lionsteel-T5-box-P1260656.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Inside, the sheathed T5 is otherwise unwrapped.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/02-Lionsteel-T5-box-open-P1260664.jpg" alt="[Image: 02-Lionsteel-T5-box-open-P1260664.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Along with the T5 is a small leaflet.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/03-Lionsteel-T5-box-contents-P1260672.jpg" alt="[Image: 03-Lionsteel-T5-box-contents-P1260672.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
However, the blade is wrapped inside the sheath.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/04-Lionsteel-T5-sheath-retention-P1260674.jpg" alt="[Image: 04-Lionsteel-T5-sheath-retention-P1260674.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
You can see that the plastic wrapping was not terribly successful, as the blade has just sliced through it when it was inserted into the sheath.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/05-Lionsteel-T5-blade-wrap-P1260679.jpg" alt="[Image: 05-Lionsteel-T5-blade-wrap-P1260679.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
A very nice quality leather sheath is used for the T5.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/06-Lionsteel-T5-leather-sheath-P1260683.jpg" alt="[Image: 06-Lionsteel-T5-leather-sheath-P1260683.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
The leather is double stitched for maximum durability and lifespan.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/07-Lionsteel-T5-leather-stitching-P1260686.jpg" alt="[Image: 07-Lionsteel-T5-leather-stitching-P1260686.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
The maker is cleanly embossed into the leather.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/08-Lionsteel-T5-leather-embossed-P1260692.jpg" alt="[Image: 08-Lionsteel-T5-leather-embossed-P1260692.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2325" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
A great looking knife and sheath. This is why I kept revisiting Lionsteel's stand at IWA 2017.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/12-Lionsteel-T5-and-sheath-P1260718.jpg" alt="[Image: 12-Lionsteel-T5-and-sheath-P1260718.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
The steel specification is engraved into the blade - NIOLOX. An increasingly popular steel.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/14-Lionsteel-T5-and-steel-P1260735.jpg" alt="[Image: 14-Lionsteel-T5-and-steel-P1260735.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2325" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
The flat grind is very high, but not quite a full flat grind.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/17-Lionsteel-T5-blade-P1260746.jpg" alt="[Image: 17-Lionsteel-T5-blade-P1260746.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Only visible along the back of the handle, there is a full length, full thickness tang.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/18-Lionsteel-T5-blade-back-P1260749.jpg" alt="[Image: 18-Lionsteel-T5-blade-back-P1260749.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Sculpted from a single piece of micarta, the handle has a wide and comfortable finger guard. The cutting edge is nicely terminated with a sharpening choil.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/19-Lionsteel-T5-handle-detail-P1260756.jpg" alt="[Image: 19-Lionsteel-T5-handle-detail-P1260756.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Grip texturing is machined into the handle surface.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/20-Lionsteel-T5-handle-bolt-P1260760.jpg" alt="[Image: 20-Lionsteel-T5-handle-bolt-P1260760.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Two stainless Torx bolts secure the handle to the tang.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/21-Lionsteel-T5-handle-P1260766.jpg" alt="[Image: 21-Lionsteel-T5-handle-P1260766.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2325" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
With a well rounded plunge line, maximum strength is retained.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/25-Lionsteel-T5-plunge-P1260788.jpg" alt="[Image: 25-Lionsteel-T5-plunge-P1260788.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Excellent attention to detail in the sheath with a protective cover over the internal part of the rivets. Doing this prevents the handle being scratched by the metal fixings.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/28-Lionsteel-T5-sheath-detail-protection-P1260811.jpg" alt="[Image: 28-Lionsteel-T5-sheath-detail-protection-P1260811.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2325" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
This really is something special.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/31-Lionsteel-T5-with-sheath-P1260823.jpg" alt="[Image: 31-Lionsteel-T5-with-sheath-P1260823.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">What it is like to use?</span><br />
<br />
I'm going to start with that beautiful and well thought out leather sheath. Fortunately I am right handed, so this presents me with no issues, and I hope Lionsteel will offer a left handed version of the sheath.<br />
It is the first MOLLE compatible production knife leather sheath I've come across, and makes an excellent change from the typical MOLLE compatible sheaths. Some MOLLE mounts are more of a struggle to use than others, and this sheath is a bit of a battle to fit. It is definitely worth planning out the position carefully as I did not enjoy fitting or removing it. The webbing on the sheath that fits over the leather MOLLE strap is quite tight, and catches firmly on the edge of the press stud when you try to slide the strap out. Easy enough when the sheath is not mounted, but definitely a struggle when trying to unmount it.<br />
The sheath wraps over the first part of the handle with the retaining strap fitting above the finger guard. This over-wrap serves two purposes, the first is a very secure hold on the knife, and the second is that the over-wrap helps keep the retaining strap out of the way of the blade edge as it is sheathed and unsheathed.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/13-Lionsteel-T5-and-sheath-P1260723.jpg" alt="[Image: 13-Lionsteel-T5-and-sheath-P1260723.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
With its 5mm blade stock, the T5 has a bit of weight to it, but that fantastic sculpted handle allows it to sit in your hand so comfortably. For a multi-purpose blade, the extra weight from the thick blade is the small trade off for the gain in strength and robustness you want in a blade that might be used for just about anything.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/26-Lionsteel-T5-in-hand-P1260798.jpg" alt="[Image: 26-Lionsteel-T5-in-hand-P1260798.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2325" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
Factory edges are a subject unto themselves, as for some it is the best edge they ever have on that knife, and for others the worst. On the T5, the factory edge was impressive, and definitely usable out of the box. Due to the blade thickness, the edge bevels are quite wide and this will only get more pronounced with further use, but is the norm for blades of this thickness.<br />
<br />
Mik Molletta has done Lionsteel proud with this design, and Lionsteel have done Mik Molletta proud with the quality of manufacture of his design, and this knife, that stood out from the crowd at IWA 2017, continues to impress the more I use it. The full package is a pleasure to use, and has put itself firmly into my top 5 favourite fixed blades.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">Review Summary</span><br />
<br />
The views expressed in this summary table are from the point of view of the reviewer’s personal use. I am not a member of the armed forces and cannot comment on its use beyond a cutting tool or field/hunting knife.<br />
<br />
Something that might be a ‘pro’ for one user can be a ‘con’ for another, so the comments are categorised based on my requirements. You should consider all points and if they could be beneficial to you.<br />
<br />
<br />
_______________________________________________<br />
Things I like<br />
_______________________________________________<br />
Sculpted one piece micarta handle.<br />
Strong 5mm blade stock.<br />
NIOLOX steel.<br />
Super quality, double-stitched leather sheath.<br />
High Flat Grind, multi-purpose blade.<br />
MOLLE compatible sheath.<br />
<br />
_______________________________________________<br />
What doesn't work so well for me<br />
_______________________________________________<br />
Sheath is right handed only.<br />
MOLLE Strap more fiddly than most.<br />
Thick blade results in a wide edge bevel.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/00-Lionsteel-T5-Feature-P1260729v2.jpg" alt="[Image: 00-Lionsteel-T5-Feature-P1260729v2.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<div style="text-align: center;" class="mycode_align"><a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2325" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/Click-for-more-V5-800resized-first.png" alt="[Image: Click-for-more-V5-800resized-first.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
(Moderators, there is a reciprocal link at the end of every review on Tactical Reviews.)<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/Round-Sticker-V1-0.png" alt="[Image: Round-Sticker-V1-0.png]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/CPF-Trusted-Stamp-200-background.png" alt="[Image: CPF-Trusted-Stamp-200-background.png]" class="mycode_img" /></div>]]></content:encoded>
		</item>
		<item>
			<title><![CDATA[3 day gun show]]></title>
			<link>http://bessex.com/forum/showthread.php?tid=276</link>
			<pubDate>Tue, 13 Feb 2018 23:51:16 +0000</pubDate>
			<guid isPermaLink="false">http://bessex.com/forum/showthread.php?tid=276</guid>
			<description><![CDATA[It was not our best show by any means especially for 3 days, but happens..<br />
<br />
This is one of the many pocket knives we sharpened at the chantilly va event.<br />
<br />
A Medford......Praetorian with titanium flames......<br />
<br />
A big edc .......I like it<br />
.<br /><!-- start: postbit_attachments_attachment -->
<br /><!-- start: attachment_icon -->
<img src="http://bessex.com/forum/images/attachtypes/image.png" title="JPEG Image" border="0" alt=".jpeg" />
<!-- end: attachment_icon -->&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="attachment.php?aid=499" target="_blank" title="">55676E8C-B33C-4EDA-A705-00785BD2AEDC.jpeg</a> (Size: 117.61 KB / Downloads: 9)
<!-- end: postbit_attachments_attachment --><br /><!-- start: postbit_attachments_attachment -->
<br /><!-- start: attachment_icon -->
<img src="http://bessex.com/forum/images/attachtypes/image.png" title="JPEG Image" border="0" alt=".jpeg" />
<!-- end: attachment_icon -->&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="attachment.php?aid=500" target="_blank" title="">9C6A8D7C-28D5-407F-9FA0-C3A458FC060B.jpeg</a> (Size: 106.63 KB / Downloads: 12)
<!-- end: postbit_attachments_attachment -->]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[It was not our best show by any means especially for 3 days, but happens..<br />
<br />
This is one of the many pocket knives we sharpened at the chantilly va event.<br />
<br />
A Medford......Praetorian with titanium flames......<br />
<br />
A big edc .......I like it<br />
.<br /><!-- start: postbit_attachments_attachment -->
<br /><!-- start: attachment_icon -->
<img src="http://bessex.com/forum/images/attachtypes/image.png" title="JPEG Image" border="0" alt=".jpeg" />
<!-- end: attachment_icon -->&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="attachment.php?aid=499" target="_blank" title="">55676E8C-B33C-4EDA-A705-00785BD2AEDC.jpeg</a> (Size: 117.61 KB / Downloads: 9)
<!-- end: postbit_attachments_attachment --><br /><!-- start: postbit_attachments_attachment -->
<br /><!-- start: attachment_icon -->
<img src="http://bessex.com/forum/images/attachtypes/image.png" title="JPEG Image" border="0" alt=".jpeg" />
<!-- end: attachment_icon -->&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="attachment.php?aid=500" target="_blank" title="">9C6A8D7C-28D5-407F-9FA0-C3A458FC060B.jpeg</a> (Size: 106.63 KB / Downloads: 12)
<!-- end: postbit_attachments_attachment -->]]></content:encoded>
		</item>
		<item>
			<title><![CDATA[Knife Review: Spyderco Bradley Bowie]]></title>
			<link>http://bessex.com/forum/showthread.php?tid=274</link>
			<pubDate>Tue, 13 Feb 2018 10:53:17 +0000</pubDate>
			<guid isPermaLink="false">http://bessex.com/forum/showthread.php?tid=274</guid>
			<description><![CDATA[<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/00-Spyderco-Bradley-feature-P1290812.jpg" alt="[Image: 00-Spyderco-Bradley-feature-P1290812.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
It's not something I've been able to properly define, but there are some knives that just look 'right' from the moment you first see them, and the Spyderco Bradley Bowie (designed by Gayle Bradley of course) is one of those. Many knives have specific purposes and their design reflects the requirements of those; the Bradley Bowie manages to make itself a truly general purpose knife, just as happy preparing camp food, dressing game, battoning wood, or on manoeuvres carried by service personnel.<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/00-Spyderco-Bradley-feature-P1290817.jpg" alt="[Image: 00-Spyderco-Bradley-feature-P1290817.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<div style="text-align: center;" class="mycode_align"><span style="color: Indigo;" class="mycode_color"><span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br />
Author's Statement for Transparency and Disclosure<br />
The test sample/s featured in this article have been provided for technical testing and review by the manufacturer. Test samples are retained by the reviewer following publication of the completed review for the purposes of long term testing and product comparisons.<br />
<br />
All output figures and test results published in this review are the sole work of the reviewer, and are carried out independently and without bias. Test results are reported as found, with no embellishments or alteration. Though best endeavours are made to maintain the accuracy of test equipment, the accuracy of these results is not guaranteed and is subject to the test equipment functioning correctly.<br />
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------</span></span></div>
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">The Blade and Handle Geometry:</span><br />
<br />
Most knife specifications have a basic description of the blade geometry, but in this section I will be taking a more detailed look at geometry and balance.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/35-Spyderco-Bradley-grind-P1300258.jpg" alt="[Image: 35-Spyderco-Bradley-grind-P1300258.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Using a set of gauges and precision measuring equipment including a Vernier protractor, callipers, fixed radius gauges and the unique Arc Master adjustable radius gauge (the one that looks like a crossbow).<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/09/Knife-measuring-P1180483.jpg" alt="[Image: Knife-measuring-P1180483.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<br />
These measurements have been tabulated and are presented along with a few reference blades (8" Chef's Knife, 5.5" Santoku and the popular Fällkniven F1).<br />
<br />
Key aspects such as the primary bevel angle, grind type, blade depth, blade thickness, length, weight are detailed, along with balance information.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/36-Spyderco-Bradley-bevel-P1300261.jpg" alt="[Image: 36-Spyderco-Bradley-bevel-P1300261.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<br />
The 'Balance relative to the front of the handle' tells you if the knife will feel front heavy, or if the weight is in your hand (a positive value means the weight is forward of the front of the handle). The 'Balance relative to the centre of the handle' indicates how close to a 'neutral balance' the knife has in the hand.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/34-Spyderco-Bradley-balance-P1300250.jpg" alt="[Image: 34-Spyderco-Bradley-balance-P1300250.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<br />
In the case of full convex grinds the approximate centre of the grind is used for the primary bevel angle estimate.<br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2284" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-100h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-100h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">(Wherever you see the 'Read MORE' marker, it indicates that the Extended Version of the review has additional content at that point. Viewing the extended version helps support further reviews, but please ensure you return to this Forum for comments and discussion.)</span><br />
<br />
The blade is made from PSF27 steel.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">New for 2018! BESS Certified sharpness testing:</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">The BESS 'C' scale of sharpness, developed by Mike Brubacher (Brubacher Edge Sharpness Scale) will now become part of Tactical Reviews' knife testing process. Initially this will be used to verify the sharpness of the factory edge and allow the knife to be brought to a minimum standard sharpness before testing a blade's cutting performance.</span><br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2284" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
<br />
The Bradley Bowie's factory edge has an average BESS 'C' sharpness of 374. This original edge will slice thicker paper/card, but although it bites into the edge, it starts to tear thinner paper rather than cut.<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/BESS-Certified-Bradley-Bowie-IMG_20180210_104149.jpg" alt="[Image: BESS-Certified-Bradley-Bowie-IMG_20180210_104149.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">Explained by the Maker:</span><br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2284" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">A few more details:</span><br />
<br />
Standard Spyderco packaging is used for the Bradley Bowie.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/01-Spyderco-Bradley-boxed-P1290746.jpg" alt="[Image: 01-Spyderco-Bradley-boxed-P1290746.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Both Knife and sheath arrive in plastic bags. The sheath has come out of the bag slightly, but the knife is still fully covered.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/02-Spyderco-Bradley-box-open-P1290753.jpg" alt="[Image: 02-Spyderco-Bradley-box-open-P1290753.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
In the box are the knife, sheath and information leaflet.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/03-Spyderco-Bradley-box-contents-P1290755.jpg" alt="[Image: 03-Spyderco-Bradley-box-contents-P1290755.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Mainly due to the choice of steel, there are a few layers of protection for the blade. With the plastic bag removed, the first layer is a cardboard sleeve.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/04-Spyderco-Bradley-blade-protector-P1290760.jpg" alt="[Image: 04-Spyderco-Bradley-blade-protector-P1290760.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
With the cardboard sleeve removed we find a wrapping of Vapour Corrosion Inhibitor paper, plus a plastic tip guard.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/05-Spyderco-Bradley-blade-protector2-P1290763.jpg" alt="[Image: 05-Spyderco-Bradley-blade-protector2-P1290763.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
And there it is, kept pristine by the wrappings.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/06-Spyderco-Bradley-with-sheath-P1290766.jpg" alt="[Image: 06-Spyderco-Bradley-with-sheath-P1290766.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
We are going to have a look round the sheath first. Not just any old Kydex sheath, in fact not Kydex at all, but its higher performance alternative - Boltaron.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/07-Spyderco-Bradley-sheathed-P1290769.jpg" alt="[Image: 07-Spyderco-Bradley-sheathed-P1290769.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
The back of the sheath...next onto some details.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/08-Spyderco-Bradley-sheathed-P1290772.jpg" alt="[Image: 08-Spyderco-Bradley-sheathed-P1290772.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
In contrast to the black Boltaron and rivets, the belt clip fixings are silver coloured.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/09-Spyderco-Bradley-sheath-fixings-P1290774.jpg" alt="[Image: 09-Spyderco-Bradley-sheath-fixings-P1290774.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
As expected with this type of sheath, the Boltaron is moulded around the end of the handle and has been cut and sanded to its final size and shape.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/10-Spyderco-Bradley-sheath-opening-P1290778.jpg" alt="[Image: 10-Spyderco-Bradley-sheath-opening-P1290778.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2284" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
The belt clip itself is open at the bottom, but tightly sprung with a hook shaped end. Once positioned on a belt it will not easily come off again.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/14-Spyderco-Bradley-belt-loop-P1290790.jpg" alt="[Image: 14-Spyderco-Bradley-belt-loop-P1290790.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Near the tip of the knife is a drainage hole. Ideally this could have been further down at the actual blade tip, as a small amount of water can still stay in the sheath if it becomes soaked.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/13-Spyderco-Bradley-drainage-P1290786.jpg" alt="[Image: 13-Spyderco-Bradley-drainage-P1290786.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Now onto the knife. Just take in that full flat grind and long sloping swedge.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/15-Spyderco-Bradley-angle-P1290793.jpg" alt="[Image: 15-Spyderco-Bradley-angle-P1290793.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
The PSF27 steel specification is engraved under Spyderco's name.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/16-Spyderco-Bradley-steel-plunge-P1290795.jpg" alt="[Image: 16-Spyderco-Bradley-steel-plunge-P1290795.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
A finger guard is formed out of the full thickness tang and handle slabs.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/17-Spyderco-Bradley-guard-P1290800.jpg" alt="[Image: 17-Spyderco-Bradley-guard-P1290800.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2284" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
The full thickness tang is prominent in the slim handle.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/20-Spyderco-Bradley-handle-back-P1290810.jpg" alt="[Image: 20-Spyderco-Bradley-handle-back-P1290810.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
There are relatively sharp corners to the plunge line - potential stress concentrators.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/21-Spyderco-Bradley-plunge-P1290826.jpg" alt="[Image: 21-Spyderco-Bradley-plunge-P1290826.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Gayle Bradley's logo appears on one side of the blade.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/23-Spyderco-Bradley-GB-logo-P1290829.jpg" alt="[Image: 23-Spyderco-Bradley-GB-logo-P1290829.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
All the corners of the G-10 Handle are well rounded preventing any hot-spots. Only a small section of the handle edge next to the ricasso is not fully rounded.<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2284" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">What it is like to use?</span><br />
<br />
I've already mentioned that the design of this knife really speaks to me, and just looks right. This is absolutely confirmed by the feel in the hand; it really does work as well as it looks like it will.<br />
Excuse the potential connotations here, but that semi-polished G-10 handle is asking to be touched, stroked and held, much like a worry stone. Every part of it is smooth, the type of smooth that doesn't drag, catch or stick like a full gloss polish can. It has got to be one of the best feeling handles I've come across, and you don't want to put it down.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/31-Spyderco-Bradley-handle-texture-P1290893.jpg" alt="[Image: 31-Spyderco-Bradley-handle-texture-P1290893.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Even wet or sweaty, there is plenty of grip despite its smoothness, in fact the least amount of grip I found is with a completely clean and dry hand. The rounded edges remove any hotspots; you are much more likely to get a blister due to wearing gloves (and their seams creating a hotspot) than anything to do with the handle.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/29-Spyderco-Bradley-in-hand-P1290876.jpg" alt="[Image: 29-Spyderco-Bradley-in-hand-P1290876.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Personally I prefer a thicker handle for a bit more of a handful, but in this case I like the lower profile handle with less 'presence' on the belt (or as I often do, slipped in a large pocket). There is enough handle to allow you to really work the blade hard without adding bulk.<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2284" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
As is often the case with the type of sheath used here, the retention is pretty stiff, and the knife doesn't easily come out. You need to lever the sheath away with your thumb, or end up with severe 'sheath recoil' and an uncontrolled slash of the blade as it flies out. In the sample received here, the edges of the Boltaron had sharp corners from the final shaping and these were catching on the knife, especially on re-sheathing the knife.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/32-Spyderco-Bradley-kydex-stiff-P1290897.jpg" alt="[Image: 32-Spyderco-Bradley-kydex-stiff-P1290897.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2284" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
Unfortunately, I've not had as much time using this knife as I would normally fit in before completing a review, so haven't gone through enough sharpening cycles, or seen how sensitive to corrosion the PSF27 really is. It has definitely been wet, cut damp materials and covered in corrosive finger prints and so far hasn't become marked. I'm hoping this steel proves more stain resistant that its composition might suggest.<br />
<br />
With the choice of ever better stainless steels, I don't want to worry about corrosion, and personally might have preferred a steel that is not on the wrong side of stainless levels of corrosion resistance. I'm also not subjecting a blade like this to demolition work, so the ultimate performance of PSF27 is not entirely relevant to me in this knife. That said, it is nice to know there is a great deal of strength in reserve, especially if you choose this as a survival knife or for military applications.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">Review Summary</span><br />
<br />
The views expressed in this summary table are from the point of view of the reviewer’s personal use. I am not a member of the armed forces and cannot comment on its use beyond a cutting tool or field/hunting knife.<br />
<br />
Something that might be a ‘pro’ for one user can be a ‘con’ for another, so the comments are categorised based on my requirements. You should consider all points and if they could be beneficial to you.<br />
<br />
_______________________________________________<br />
Things I like<br />
_______________________________________________<br />
Excellent general purpose blade.<br />
Superb handle with semi-polished G-10.<br />
High performance PSF27 steel.<br />
Conveniently slim overall package.<br />
Sheath can be configured for right or left handed use.<br />
<br />
_______________________________________________<br />
What doesn't work so well for me<br />
_______________________________________________<br />
Slightly over-stiff sheath retention.<br />
PSF27 steel is not quite 'stainless'.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/22-Spyderco-Bradley-angle-rear-P1290827.jpg" alt="[Image: 22-Spyderco-Bradley-angle-rear-P1290827.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2284" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/Click-for-more-V5-800resized-first.png" alt="[Image: Click-for-more-V5-800resized-first.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
(Moderators, there is a reciprocal link at the end of every review on Tactical Reviews.)<br />
<br />
<div style="text-align: center;" class="mycode_align"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/Round-Sticker-V1-0.png" alt="[Image: Round-Sticker-V1-0.png]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
</div>]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/00-Spyderco-Bradley-feature-P1290812.jpg" alt="[Image: 00-Spyderco-Bradley-feature-P1290812.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
It's not something I've been able to properly define, but there are some knives that just look 'right' from the moment you first see them, and the Spyderco Bradley Bowie (designed by Gayle Bradley of course) is one of those. Many knives have specific purposes and their design reflects the requirements of those; the Bradley Bowie manages to make itself a truly general purpose knife, just as happy preparing camp food, dressing game, battoning wood, or on manoeuvres carried by service personnel.<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/00-Spyderco-Bradley-feature-P1290817.jpg" alt="[Image: 00-Spyderco-Bradley-feature-P1290817.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<div style="text-align: center;" class="mycode_align"><span style="color: Indigo;" class="mycode_color"><span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br />
Author's Statement for Transparency and Disclosure<br />
The test sample/s featured in this article have been provided for technical testing and review by the manufacturer. Test samples are retained by the reviewer following publication of the completed review for the purposes of long term testing and product comparisons.<br />
<br />
All output figures and test results published in this review are the sole work of the reviewer, and are carried out independently and without bias. Test results are reported as found, with no embellishments or alteration. Though best endeavours are made to maintain the accuracy of test equipment, the accuracy of these results is not guaranteed and is subject to the test equipment functioning correctly.<br />
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------</span></span></div>
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">The Blade and Handle Geometry:</span><br />
<br />
Most knife specifications have a basic description of the blade geometry, but in this section I will be taking a more detailed look at geometry and balance.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/35-Spyderco-Bradley-grind-P1300258.jpg" alt="[Image: 35-Spyderco-Bradley-grind-P1300258.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Using a set of gauges and precision measuring equipment including a Vernier protractor, callipers, fixed radius gauges and the unique Arc Master adjustable radius gauge (the one that looks like a crossbow).<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/09/Knife-measuring-P1180483.jpg" alt="[Image: Knife-measuring-P1180483.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<br />
These measurements have been tabulated and are presented along with a few reference blades (8" Chef's Knife, 5.5" Santoku and the popular Fällkniven F1).<br />
<br />
Key aspects such as the primary bevel angle, grind type, blade depth, blade thickness, length, weight are detailed, along with balance information.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/36-Spyderco-Bradley-bevel-P1300261.jpg" alt="[Image: 36-Spyderco-Bradley-bevel-P1300261.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<br />
The 'Balance relative to the front of the handle' tells you if the knife will feel front heavy, or if the weight is in your hand (a positive value means the weight is forward of the front of the handle). The 'Balance relative to the centre of the handle' indicates how close to a 'neutral balance' the knife has in the hand.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/34-Spyderco-Bradley-balance-P1300250.jpg" alt="[Image: 34-Spyderco-Bradley-balance-P1300250.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<br />
In the case of full convex grinds the approximate centre of the grind is used for the primary bevel angle estimate.<br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2284" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-100h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-100h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">(Wherever you see the 'Read MORE' marker, it indicates that the Extended Version of the review has additional content at that point. Viewing the extended version helps support further reviews, but please ensure you return to this Forum for comments and discussion.)</span><br />
<br />
The blade is made from PSF27 steel.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">New for 2018! BESS Certified sharpness testing:</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">The BESS 'C' scale of sharpness, developed by Mike Brubacher (Brubacher Edge Sharpness Scale) will now become part of Tactical Reviews' knife testing process. Initially this will be used to verify the sharpness of the factory edge and allow the knife to be brought to a minimum standard sharpness before testing a blade's cutting performance.</span><br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2284" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
<br />
The Bradley Bowie's factory edge has an average BESS 'C' sharpness of 374. This original edge will slice thicker paper/card, but although it bites into the edge, it starts to tear thinner paper rather than cut.<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/BESS-Certified-Bradley-Bowie-IMG_20180210_104149.jpg" alt="[Image: BESS-Certified-Bradley-Bowie-IMG_20180210_104149.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">Explained by the Maker:</span><br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2284" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">A few more details:</span><br />
<br />
Standard Spyderco packaging is used for the Bradley Bowie.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/01-Spyderco-Bradley-boxed-P1290746.jpg" alt="[Image: 01-Spyderco-Bradley-boxed-P1290746.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Both Knife and sheath arrive in plastic bags. The sheath has come out of the bag slightly, but the knife is still fully covered.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/02-Spyderco-Bradley-box-open-P1290753.jpg" alt="[Image: 02-Spyderco-Bradley-box-open-P1290753.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
In the box are the knife, sheath and information leaflet.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/03-Spyderco-Bradley-box-contents-P1290755.jpg" alt="[Image: 03-Spyderco-Bradley-box-contents-P1290755.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Mainly due to the choice of steel, there are a few layers of protection for the blade. With the plastic bag removed, the first layer is a cardboard sleeve.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/04-Spyderco-Bradley-blade-protector-P1290760.jpg" alt="[Image: 04-Spyderco-Bradley-blade-protector-P1290760.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
With the cardboard sleeve removed we find a wrapping of Vapour Corrosion Inhibitor paper, plus a plastic tip guard.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/05-Spyderco-Bradley-blade-protector2-P1290763.jpg" alt="[Image: 05-Spyderco-Bradley-blade-protector2-P1290763.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
And there it is, kept pristine by the wrappings.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/06-Spyderco-Bradley-with-sheath-P1290766.jpg" alt="[Image: 06-Spyderco-Bradley-with-sheath-P1290766.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
We are going to have a look round the sheath first. Not just any old Kydex sheath, in fact not Kydex at all, but its higher performance alternative - Boltaron.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/07-Spyderco-Bradley-sheathed-P1290769.jpg" alt="[Image: 07-Spyderco-Bradley-sheathed-P1290769.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
The back of the sheath...next onto some details.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/08-Spyderco-Bradley-sheathed-P1290772.jpg" alt="[Image: 08-Spyderco-Bradley-sheathed-P1290772.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
In contrast to the black Boltaron and rivets, the belt clip fixings are silver coloured.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/09-Spyderco-Bradley-sheath-fixings-P1290774.jpg" alt="[Image: 09-Spyderco-Bradley-sheath-fixings-P1290774.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
As expected with this type of sheath, the Boltaron is moulded around the end of the handle and has been cut and sanded to its final size and shape.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/10-Spyderco-Bradley-sheath-opening-P1290778.jpg" alt="[Image: 10-Spyderco-Bradley-sheath-opening-P1290778.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2284" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
The belt clip itself is open at the bottom, but tightly sprung with a hook shaped end. Once positioned on a belt it will not easily come off again.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/14-Spyderco-Bradley-belt-loop-P1290790.jpg" alt="[Image: 14-Spyderco-Bradley-belt-loop-P1290790.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Near the tip of the knife is a drainage hole. Ideally this could have been further down at the actual blade tip, as a small amount of water can still stay in the sheath if it becomes soaked.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/13-Spyderco-Bradley-drainage-P1290786.jpg" alt="[Image: 13-Spyderco-Bradley-drainage-P1290786.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Now onto the knife. Just take in that full flat grind and long sloping swedge.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/15-Spyderco-Bradley-angle-P1290793.jpg" alt="[Image: 15-Spyderco-Bradley-angle-P1290793.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
The PSF27 steel specification is engraved under Spyderco's name.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/16-Spyderco-Bradley-steel-plunge-P1290795.jpg" alt="[Image: 16-Spyderco-Bradley-steel-plunge-P1290795.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
A finger guard is formed out of the full thickness tang and handle slabs.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/17-Spyderco-Bradley-guard-P1290800.jpg" alt="[Image: 17-Spyderco-Bradley-guard-P1290800.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2284" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
The full thickness tang is prominent in the slim handle.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/20-Spyderco-Bradley-handle-back-P1290810.jpg" alt="[Image: 20-Spyderco-Bradley-handle-back-P1290810.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
There are relatively sharp corners to the plunge line - potential stress concentrators.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/21-Spyderco-Bradley-plunge-P1290826.jpg" alt="[Image: 21-Spyderco-Bradley-plunge-P1290826.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Gayle Bradley's logo appears on one side of the blade.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/23-Spyderco-Bradley-GB-logo-P1290829.jpg" alt="[Image: 23-Spyderco-Bradley-GB-logo-P1290829.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
All the corners of the G-10 Handle are well rounded preventing any hot-spots. Only a small section of the handle edge next to the ricasso is not fully rounded.<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2284" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">What it is like to use?</span><br />
<br />
I've already mentioned that the design of this knife really speaks to me, and just looks right. This is absolutely confirmed by the feel in the hand; it really does work as well as it looks like it will.<br />
Excuse the potential connotations here, but that semi-polished G-10 handle is asking to be touched, stroked and held, much like a worry stone. Every part of it is smooth, the type of smooth that doesn't drag, catch or stick like a full gloss polish can. It has got to be one of the best feeling handles I've come across, and you don't want to put it down.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/31-Spyderco-Bradley-handle-texture-P1290893.jpg" alt="[Image: 31-Spyderco-Bradley-handle-texture-P1290893.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Even wet or sweaty, there is plenty of grip despite its smoothness, in fact the least amount of grip I found is with a completely clean and dry hand. The rounded edges remove any hotspots; you are much more likely to get a blister due to wearing gloves (and their seams creating a hotspot) than anything to do with the handle.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/29-Spyderco-Bradley-in-hand-P1290876.jpg" alt="[Image: 29-Spyderco-Bradley-in-hand-P1290876.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Personally I prefer a thicker handle for a bit more of a handful, but in this case I like the lower profile handle with less 'presence' on the belt (or as I often do, slipped in a large pocket). There is enough handle to allow you to really work the blade hard without adding bulk.<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2284" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
As is often the case with the type of sheath used here, the retention is pretty stiff, and the knife doesn't easily come out. You need to lever the sheath away with your thumb, or end up with severe 'sheath recoil' and an uncontrolled slash of the blade as it flies out. In the sample received here, the edges of the Boltaron had sharp corners from the final shaping and these were catching on the knife, especially on re-sheathing the knife.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/32-Spyderco-Bradley-kydex-stiff-P1290897.jpg" alt="[Image: 32-Spyderco-Bradley-kydex-stiff-P1290897.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2284" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
Unfortunately, I've not had as much time using this knife as I would normally fit in before completing a review, so haven't gone through enough sharpening cycles, or seen how sensitive to corrosion the PSF27 really is. It has definitely been wet, cut damp materials and covered in corrosive finger prints and so far hasn't become marked. I'm hoping this steel proves more stain resistant that its composition might suggest.<br />
<br />
With the choice of ever better stainless steels, I don't want to worry about corrosion, and personally might have preferred a steel that is not on the wrong side of stainless levels of corrosion resistance. I'm also not subjecting a blade like this to demolition work, so the ultimate performance of PSF27 is not entirely relevant to me in this knife. That said, it is nice to know there is a great deal of strength in reserve, especially if you choose this as a survival knife or for military applications.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">Review Summary</span><br />
<br />
The views expressed in this summary table are from the point of view of the reviewer’s personal use. I am not a member of the armed forces and cannot comment on its use beyond a cutting tool or field/hunting knife.<br />
<br />
Something that might be a ‘pro’ for one user can be a ‘con’ for another, so the comments are categorised based on my requirements. You should consider all points and if they could be beneficial to you.<br />
<br />
_______________________________________________<br />
Things I like<br />
_______________________________________________<br />
Excellent general purpose blade.<br />
Superb handle with semi-polished G-10.<br />
High performance PSF27 steel.<br />
Conveniently slim overall package.<br />
Sheath can be configured for right or left handed use.<br />
<br />
_______________________________________________<br />
What doesn't work so well for me<br />
_______________________________________________<br />
Slightly over-stiff sheath retention.<br />
PSF27 steel is not quite 'stainless'.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/22-Spyderco-Bradley-angle-rear-P1290827.jpg" alt="[Image: 22-Spyderco-Bradley-angle-rear-P1290827.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2284" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/Click-for-more-V5-800resized-first.png" alt="[Image: Click-for-more-V5-800resized-first.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
(Moderators, there is a reciprocal link at the end of every review on Tactical Reviews.)<br />
<br />
<div style="text-align: center;" class="mycode_align"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/Round-Sticker-V1-0.png" alt="[Image: Round-Sticker-V1-0.png]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
</div>]]></content:encoded>
		</item>
		<item>
			<title><![CDATA[Knife Review: Cold Steel Espada XL G-10]]></title>
			<link>http://bessex.com/forum/showthread.php?tid=269</link>
			<pubDate>Thu, 01 Feb 2018 11:45:26 +0000</pubDate>
			<guid isPermaLink="false">http://bessex.com/forum/showthread.php?tid=269</guid>
			<description><![CDATA[<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/21-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-curves-P1260238.jpg" alt="[Image: 21-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-curves-P1260238.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Inspired by the classical Navaja knives of Spain, Cold Steel's Espada series are the result of a design collaboration between custom knife maker Andrew Demko and Cold Steel President Lynn C. Thompson, using modern design and materials to bring extreme performance to a range of huge folding knives. In this review we are looking at the largest of all, the Espada XL in the newest G-10 edition.<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/33-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-standing-P1260308.jpg" alt="[Image: 33-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-standing-P1260308.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<span style="color: Indigo;" class="mycode_color"><span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br />
Author's Statement for Transparency and Disclosure<br />
The test sample/s featured in this article have been provided for technical testing and review by the manufacturer. Test samples are retained by the reviewer following publication of the completed review for the purposes of long term testing and product comparisons.<br />
<br />
All output figures and test results published in this review are the sole work of the reviewer, and are carried out independently and without bias. Test results are reported as found, with no embellishments or alteration. Though best endeavours are made to maintain the accuracy of test equipment, the accuracy of these results is not guaranteed and is subject to the test equipment functioning correctly.<br />
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------</span></span><br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">The Blade and Handle Geometry:</span><br />
<br />
Most knife specifications have a basic description of the blade geometry, but in this section I will be taking a more detailed look at geometry and balance.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/41-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-grind-P1270954.jpg" alt="[Image: 41-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-grind-P1270954.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Using a set of gauges and precision measuring equipment including a Vernier protractor, callipers, fixed radius gauges and the unique Arc Master adjustable radius gauge (the one that looks like a crossbow).<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/09/Knife-measuring-P1180483.jpg" alt="[Image: Knife-measuring-P1180483.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<br />
These measurements have been tabulated and are presented along with a few reference blades (8" Chef's Knife, 5.5" Santoku and the popular Fällkniven F1).<br />
<br />
Key aspects such as the primary bevel angle, grind type, blade depth, blade thickness, length, weight are detailed, along with balance information.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/42-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-bevel-P1270958.jpg" alt="[Image: 42-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-bevel-P1270958.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
The 'Balance relative to the front of the handle' tells you if the knife will feel front heavy, or if the weight is in your hand (a positive value means the weight is forward of the front of the handle). The 'Balance relative to the centre of the handle' indicates how close to a 'neutral balance' the knife has in the hand.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/40-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-balance-P1270941.jpg" alt="[Image: 40-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-balance-P1270941.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<br />
In the case of full convex grinds the approximate centre of the grind is used for the primary bevel angle estimate.<br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2176" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-100h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-100h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">(Wherever you see the 'Read MORE' marker, it indicates that the Extended Version of the review has additional content at that point. Viewing the extended version helps support further reviews, but please ensure you return to this Forum for comments and discussion.)</span><br />
<br />
The blade is made from Carpenter CTS XHP Alloy with DLC Coating.<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">A few more details:</span><br />
<br />
<br />
For such a large knife, the Espada XL G-10 arrives in a relatively compact box.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/01-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-boxed-P1260132.jpg" alt="[Image: 01-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-boxed-P1260132.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
However, this is because the knife completely fills that box.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/02-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-box-contents-P1260135.jpg" alt="[Image: 02-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-box-contents-P1260135.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
In most cases I think it is over the top to put a warning on a knife that is it sharp, but the Espada XL is worthy of extra caution with that huge sweeping belly of the blade eagerly waiting to bite like a ravening dog.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/03-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-warning-P1260141.jpg" alt="[Image: 03-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-warning-P1260141.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
And there we have it, the Espada XL fresh out of the box.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/06-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-angle-P1260151.jpg" alt="[Image: 06-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-angle-P1260151.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
That massive blade has a thin film of oil on it.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/07-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-oil-P1260157.jpg" alt="[Image: 07-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-oil-P1260157.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
It is the oil giving the blade a slightly mottled appearance. As supplied, the clip is fitted for a right-handed person.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/08-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-rear-angle-P1260161.jpg" alt="[Image: 08-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-rear-angle-P1260161.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
The G-10 version is made in Taiwan.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/09-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-taiwan-P1260167.jpg" alt="[Image: 09-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-taiwan-P1260167.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
The sweeping clip echoes the lines of the curved handle.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/10-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-clip-P1260174.jpg" alt="[Image: 10-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-clip-P1260174.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
On one side, the pivot bolt is completely plain. You get a hint of the texture on that peeled G-10<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/11-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-pivot-P1260178.jpg" alt="[Image: 11-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-pivot-P1260178.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Looking in closely at one of the handle bolts the super grippy texture of the peeled G-10 is clear. This surface is created by peeling off one of the layers of G-10 material leaving the pattern of the weave in the surface of the resin. It makes for a super grippy surface.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/12-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-peeled-bolt-P1260208.jpg" alt="[Image: 12-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-peeled-bolt-P1260208.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Blade centring is excellent, especially considering the huge length of this knife.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/13-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-centring-P1260191.jpg" alt="[Image: 13-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-centring-P1260191.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
For the highly stressed areas of the lock and pivot, there are steel liner inserts. At the pivot end these are textured on the edges for grip.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/14-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-liners-P1260194.jpg" alt="[Image: 14-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-liners-P1260194.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Those steel liners extend beyond the end of the lock bar to spread the forces further into the handle.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/15-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-lock-bar-P1260198.jpg" alt="[Image: 15-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-lock-bar-P1260198.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
An overall view of those steel liners.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/36-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-handle-back-P1260319.jpg" alt="[Image: 36-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-handle-back-P1260319.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Three torx screws hold the clip in place, and the clip fits into a recessed pocket cut into the handle surface.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/16-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-clip-screws-P1260205.jpg" alt="[Image: 16-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-clip-screws-P1260205.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Ready for left-handed configuration the other side of the handle has the pocket for the clip to fit into. The clip is not moved from one side to the other, only the screws are reused to fit the left-handed pocket clip included in the box.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/24-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-clip-pocket-P1260251.jpg" alt="[Image: 24-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-clip-pocket-P1260251.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Getting ready to bite!<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/17-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-part-open-P1260209.jpg" alt="[Image: 17-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-part-open-P1260209.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Especially considering the length of the blade, the Espada XL's factory edge is extremely keen. You can see this is a toothy edge, but it has been finished well.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/18-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-edge-P1260228.jpg" alt="[Image: 18-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-edge-P1260228.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
The 'eager' edge is topped off with a very acute angled point.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/19-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-tip-P1260229.jpg" alt="[Image: 19-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-tip-P1260229.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
I'm pleased to see a sharpening choil at the base of the plunge line, and that the corners of the plunge line are radiused to reduce stresses.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/20-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-plunge-P1260234.jpg" alt="[Image: 20-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-plunge-P1260234.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Complex curves create several grip options along the very long handle.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/22-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-handle-P1260242.jpg" alt="[Image: 22-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-handle-P1260242.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Of course the Espada XL needs to have a Demko Thumb Plate to make it even more awesome with out-of-pocket-opening.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/23-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-opener-P1260247.jpg" alt="[Image: 23-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-opener-P1260247.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
All the edges of the grip are well rounded so as not to cut into your hand. The first finger grip groove is generously sized with deep finger guard.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/31-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-first-finger-grip-P1260299.jpg" alt="[Image: 31-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-first-finger-grip-P1260299.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Moving to the middle of the handle and a spur provides masses of grip for the front or mid-grip hand positions.<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2176" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">What it is like to use?</span><br />
<br />
Cold Steel describe the Espada series as 'pocket swords' and with the Espada XL this is an apt description, but I'd like to move away from the connotations that has and onto the enthusiasts point of view.<br />
<br />
Honestly I can't say the Espada XL is a practical tool, but who cares; it is an awesome giant folding knife!<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/37-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-folded-in-hand-P1260331.jpg" alt="[Image: 37-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-folded-in-hand-P1260331.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Actually it is very capable as a slasher for jobs where you would use a machete, so if you want a very expensive folding brush clearing tool that will keep you grinning, look no further. If you happen to have large blocks of material that need deep cuts, it also excels at this (like thick foam rubber for cushions), so you can argue a level of practicality, even if a bit of a reach. But practicality is not what this knife is about; it is an enthusiasts knife.<br />
<br />
When you are using it, there are many different grip options. Starting with the primary forward grip for working with the blade for cuts requiring the most strength to be applied.<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2176" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
Let's jump into a short video with some slow motion opening and cutting.<br />
<br />
<!-- start: video_youtube_embed --><br />
<iframe width="560" height="315" src="//www.youtube.com/embed/DKPPzYRZdaw" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen></iframe><br />
<!-- end: video_youtube_embed --><br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">Video Edited with - Cyberlink Director Suite 5 (PowerDirector 16 and AudioDirector 7)<br />
Camera - Panasonic HC-V770 - Microphone - Tonor TN120308BL</span><br />
<br />
This wood chop was not shown in the video, but I wanted to include it to show a cut made into a well seasoned fencing board, that was placed, unsupported, on the ground. The cut was made at a 45 degree angle towards the ground, so the bottom of the board could not move downwards, but nothing held it sideways except the inertia of the board itself. A very deep cut was the result; not all the way through, but impressively deep.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/38-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-wood-chop-P1270720.jpg" alt="[Image: 38-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-wood-chop-P1270720.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Using the factory edge (with no touch up at all), this lightweight cardboard tube has a very clean-edged slice through it.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/39-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-roll-chop-P1270732.jpg" alt="[Image: 39-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-roll-chop-P1270732.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
The video also showed some size comparisons, but here they are as photos.<br />
In this image we have the Espada XL along with another well known large folder, the Cold Steel Rajah I (the same size as a Rajah II) and a standard size Victorinox pocket knife.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/28-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-size-P1260288.jpg" alt="[Image: 28-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-size-P1260288.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
So, the Espada XL is not the largest folding knife I have, the Opinel No. 13 'Le Géant' is, which in terms of pure size does beat the Espada XL, but it is nowhere near as robust.<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2176" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
Along the way with this review, I had reason to open the Espada XL up. This proved to be a very easy job, and allows me to show a few internal details. Once you have the pivot bolt and three handle bolts undone, the handle lifts off easily and initially leaves its steel liner in place. This then lifts off easily too.<br />
With the blade then opened up, you press the lock bar to relieve the pressure on the blade tang and lift the blade off the pivot. The lock bar, once you release the pressure, then lifts off its pivot.<br />
Note that the washers look different here, but that is because each washer is made of two thinner washers, a nylon or teflon (white) washer positioned next to the blade, and a phosphor-bronze washer between the nylon washer and the G-10 handle. <br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/43-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-apart-P1300211.jpg" alt="[Image: 43-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-apart-P1300211.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2176" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
The Espada XL is a GIANT folding knife, and definitely needs consideration if you want to carry it. You'll need a deep pocket (like leg pockets on cargo trousers) and the will to have a mostly impractical blade on you. However the genius of the Espada XL's design is that you CAN carry such a big knife and not be too weighed down by it.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/00-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-feature-P1260219.jpg" alt="[Image: 00-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-feature-P1260219.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Another point to note is that though the G-10 edition may well be the cheaper version of the Espada XL, actually I've found it to be more usable (if not as beautiful). Mainly this is due to the super grippy handle and the fact there is no polished aluminium to get scuffed up through use. According to Cold Steel, the G-10 edition retains 90% of the strength of the original, and it is slightly lighter (50g or 1.8oz). I really must come back to that grippy handle; no matter how sweaty or wet my hands are there is no lack of grip, unlike the polished handle of the original. This is to such a degree I have considered sanding the handles a bit to take off some of the 'sharpness' in the surface texture, as it can be pretty abrasive. This is definitely something you might want to do under the clip as you will wear away your pocket very fast if you don't.<br />
<br />
This knife is just so much KNIFE, you want to find a reason to carry and use it.<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">Review Summary</span><br />
<br />
The views expressed in this summary table are from the point of view of the reviewer’s personal use. I am not a member of the armed forces and cannot comment on its use beyond a cutting tool or field/hunting knife.<br />
<br />
Something that might be a ‘pro’ for one user can be a ‘con’ for another, so the comments are categorised based on my requirements. You should consider all points and if they could be beneficial to you.<br />
<br />
<br />
_______________________________________________<br />
Things I like<br />
_______________________________________________<br />
This is a really BIG knife!<br />
Super strong Tri-Ad lock.<br />
Very grippy handle.<br />
Pocket carry is possible despite the size.<br />
Demko Opener allows rapid blade opening..<br />
Extremely 'eager' blade wants to cut everything.<br />
This is a really BIG knife! Enthusiasts will LOVE it.<br />
<br />
_______________________________________________<br />
What doesn't work so well for me<br />
_______________________________________________<br />
This is a really BIG knife! (It is not a mistake putting this in both columns.)<br />
Demko opener 'eats' your pocket.<br />
Handle can be overly abrasive.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/00-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-feature-P1260225.jpg" alt="[Image: 00-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-feature-P1260225.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2176" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/Click-for-more-V5-800resized-first.png" alt="[Image: Click-for-more-V5-800resized-first.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
(Moderators, there is a reciprocal link at the end of every review on Tactical Reviews.)<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/Round-Sticker-V1-0.png" alt="[Image: Round-Sticker-V1-0.png]" class="mycode_img" />]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/21-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-curves-P1260238.jpg" alt="[Image: 21-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-curves-P1260238.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Inspired by the classical Navaja knives of Spain, Cold Steel's Espada series are the result of a design collaboration between custom knife maker Andrew Demko and Cold Steel President Lynn C. Thompson, using modern design and materials to bring extreme performance to a range of huge folding knives. In this review we are looking at the largest of all, the Espada XL in the newest G-10 edition.<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/33-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-standing-P1260308.jpg" alt="[Image: 33-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-standing-P1260308.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<span style="color: Indigo;" class="mycode_color"><span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br />
Author's Statement for Transparency and Disclosure<br />
The test sample/s featured in this article have been provided for technical testing and review by the manufacturer. Test samples are retained by the reviewer following publication of the completed review for the purposes of long term testing and product comparisons.<br />
<br />
All output figures and test results published in this review are the sole work of the reviewer, and are carried out independently and without bias. Test results are reported as found, with no embellishments or alteration. Though best endeavours are made to maintain the accuracy of test equipment, the accuracy of these results is not guaranteed and is subject to the test equipment functioning correctly.<br />
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------</span></span><br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">The Blade and Handle Geometry:</span><br />
<br />
Most knife specifications have a basic description of the blade geometry, but in this section I will be taking a more detailed look at geometry and balance.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/41-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-grind-P1270954.jpg" alt="[Image: 41-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-grind-P1270954.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Using a set of gauges and precision measuring equipment including a Vernier protractor, callipers, fixed radius gauges and the unique Arc Master adjustable radius gauge (the one that looks like a crossbow).<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/09/Knife-measuring-P1180483.jpg" alt="[Image: Knife-measuring-P1180483.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<br />
These measurements have been tabulated and are presented along with a few reference blades (8" Chef's Knife, 5.5" Santoku and the popular Fällkniven F1).<br />
<br />
Key aspects such as the primary bevel angle, grind type, blade depth, blade thickness, length, weight are detailed, along with balance information.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/42-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-bevel-P1270958.jpg" alt="[Image: 42-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-bevel-P1270958.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
The 'Balance relative to the front of the handle' tells you if the knife will feel front heavy, or if the weight is in your hand (a positive value means the weight is forward of the front of the handle). The 'Balance relative to the centre of the handle' indicates how close to a 'neutral balance' the knife has in the hand.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/40-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-balance-P1270941.jpg" alt="[Image: 40-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-balance-P1270941.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<br />
In the case of full convex grinds the approximate centre of the grind is used for the primary bevel angle estimate.<br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2176" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-100h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-100h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">(Wherever you see the 'Read MORE' marker, it indicates that the Extended Version of the review has additional content at that point. Viewing the extended version helps support further reviews, but please ensure you return to this Forum for comments and discussion.)</span><br />
<br />
The blade is made from Carpenter CTS XHP Alloy with DLC Coating.<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">A few more details:</span><br />
<br />
<br />
For such a large knife, the Espada XL G-10 arrives in a relatively compact box.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/01-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-boxed-P1260132.jpg" alt="[Image: 01-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-boxed-P1260132.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
However, this is because the knife completely fills that box.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/02-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-box-contents-P1260135.jpg" alt="[Image: 02-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-box-contents-P1260135.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
In most cases I think it is over the top to put a warning on a knife that is it sharp, but the Espada XL is worthy of extra caution with that huge sweeping belly of the blade eagerly waiting to bite like a ravening dog.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/03-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-warning-P1260141.jpg" alt="[Image: 03-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-warning-P1260141.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
And there we have it, the Espada XL fresh out of the box.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/06-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-angle-P1260151.jpg" alt="[Image: 06-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-angle-P1260151.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
That massive blade has a thin film of oil on it.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/07-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-oil-P1260157.jpg" alt="[Image: 07-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-oil-P1260157.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
It is the oil giving the blade a slightly mottled appearance. As supplied, the clip is fitted for a right-handed person.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/08-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-rear-angle-P1260161.jpg" alt="[Image: 08-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-rear-angle-P1260161.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
The G-10 version is made in Taiwan.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/09-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-taiwan-P1260167.jpg" alt="[Image: 09-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-taiwan-P1260167.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
The sweeping clip echoes the lines of the curved handle.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/10-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-clip-P1260174.jpg" alt="[Image: 10-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-clip-P1260174.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
On one side, the pivot bolt is completely plain. You get a hint of the texture on that peeled G-10<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/11-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-pivot-P1260178.jpg" alt="[Image: 11-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-pivot-P1260178.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Looking in closely at one of the handle bolts the super grippy texture of the peeled G-10 is clear. This surface is created by peeling off one of the layers of G-10 material leaving the pattern of the weave in the surface of the resin. It makes for a super grippy surface.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/12-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-peeled-bolt-P1260208.jpg" alt="[Image: 12-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-peeled-bolt-P1260208.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Blade centring is excellent, especially considering the huge length of this knife.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/13-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-centring-P1260191.jpg" alt="[Image: 13-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-centring-P1260191.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
For the highly stressed areas of the lock and pivot, there are steel liner inserts. At the pivot end these are textured on the edges for grip.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/14-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-liners-P1260194.jpg" alt="[Image: 14-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-liners-P1260194.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Those steel liners extend beyond the end of the lock bar to spread the forces further into the handle.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/15-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-lock-bar-P1260198.jpg" alt="[Image: 15-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-lock-bar-P1260198.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
An overall view of those steel liners.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/36-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-handle-back-P1260319.jpg" alt="[Image: 36-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-handle-back-P1260319.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Three torx screws hold the clip in place, and the clip fits into a recessed pocket cut into the handle surface.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/16-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-clip-screws-P1260205.jpg" alt="[Image: 16-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-clip-screws-P1260205.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Ready for left-handed configuration the other side of the handle has the pocket for the clip to fit into. The clip is not moved from one side to the other, only the screws are reused to fit the left-handed pocket clip included in the box.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/24-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-clip-pocket-P1260251.jpg" alt="[Image: 24-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-clip-pocket-P1260251.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Getting ready to bite!<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/17-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-part-open-P1260209.jpg" alt="[Image: 17-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-part-open-P1260209.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Especially considering the length of the blade, the Espada XL's factory edge is extremely keen. You can see this is a toothy edge, but it has been finished well.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/18-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-edge-P1260228.jpg" alt="[Image: 18-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-edge-P1260228.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
The 'eager' edge is topped off with a very acute angled point.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/19-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-tip-P1260229.jpg" alt="[Image: 19-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-tip-P1260229.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
I'm pleased to see a sharpening choil at the base of the plunge line, and that the corners of the plunge line are radiused to reduce stresses.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/20-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-plunge-P1260234.jpg" alt="[Image: 20-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-plunge-P1260234.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Complex curves create several grip options along the very long handle.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/22-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-handle-P1260242.jpg" alt="[Image: 22-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-handle-P1260242.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Of course the Espada XL needs to have a Demko Thumb Plate to make it even more awesome with out-of-pocket-opening.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/23-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-opener-P1260247.jpg" alt="[Image: 23-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-opener-P1260247.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
All the edges of the grip are well rounded so as not to cut into your hand. The first finger grip groove is generously sized with deep finger guard.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/31-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-first-finger-grip-P1260299.jpg" alt="[Image: 31-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-first-finger-grip-P1260299.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Moving to the middle of the handle and a spur provides masses of grip for the front or mid-grip hand positions.<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2176" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">What it is like to use?</span><br />
<br />
Cold Steel describe the Espada series as 'pocket swords' and with the Espada XL this is an apt description, but I'd like to move away from the connotations that has and onto the enthusiasts point of view.<br />
<br />
Honestly I can't say the Espada XL is a practical tool, but who cares; it is an awesome giant folding knife!<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/37-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-folded-in-hand-P1260331.jpg" alt="[Image: 37-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-folded-in-hand-P1260331.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Actually it is very capable as a slasher for jobs where you would use a machete, so if you want a very expensive folding brush clearing tool that will keep you grinning, look no further. If you happen to have large blocks of material that need deep cuts, it also excels at this (like thick foam rubber for cushions), so you can argue a level of practicality, even if a bit of a reach. But practicality is not what this knife is about; it is an enthusiasts knife.<br />
<br />
When you are using it, there are many different grip options. Starting with the primary forward grip for working with the blade for cuts requiring the most strength to be applied.<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2176" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
Let's jump into a short video with some slow motion opening and cutting.<br />
<br />
<!-- start: video_youtube_embed --><br />
<iframe width="560" height="315" src="//www.youtube.com/embed/DKPPzYRZdaw" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen></iframe><br />
<!-- end: video_youtube_embed --><br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">Video Edited with - Cyberlink Director Suite 5 (PowerDirector 16 and AudioDirector 7)<br />
Camera - Panasonic HC-V770 - Microphone - Tonor TN120308BL</span><br />
<br />
This wood chop was not shown in the video, but I wanted to include it to show a cut made into a well seasoned fencing board, that was placed, unsupported, on the ground. The cut was made at a 45 degree angle towards the ground, so the bottom of the board could not move downwards, but nothing held it sideways except the inertia of the board itself. A very deep cut was the result; not all the way through, but impressively deep.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/38-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-wood-chop-P1270720.jpg" alt="[Image: 38-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-wood-chop-P1270720.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Using the factory edge (with no touch up at all), this lightweight cardboard tube has a very clean-edged slice through it.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/39-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-roll-chop-P1270732.jpg" alt="[Image: 39-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-roll-chop-P1270732.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
The video also showed some size comparisons, but here they are as photos.<br />
In this image we have the Espada XL along with another well known large folder, the Cold Steel Rajah I (the same size as a Rajah II) and a standard size Victorinox pocket knife.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/28-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-size-P1260288.jpg" alt="[Image: 28-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-size-P1260288.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
So, the Espada XL is not the largest folding knife I have, the Opinel No. 13 'Le Géant' is, which in terms of pure size does beat the Espada XL, but it is nowhere near as robust.<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2176" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
Along the way with this review, I had reason to open the Espada XL up. This proved to be a very easy job, and allows me to show a few internal details. Once you have the pivot bolt and three handle bolts undone, the handle lifts off easily and initially leaves its steel liner in place. This then lifts off easily too.<br />
With the blade then opened up, you press the lock bar to relieve the pressure on the blade tang and lift the blade off the pivot. The lock bar, once you release the pressure, then lifts off its pivot.<br />
Note that the washers look different here, but that is because each washer is made of two thinner washers, a nylon or teflon (white) washer positioned next to the blade, and a phosphor-bronze washer between the nylon washer and the G-10 handle. <br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/43-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-apart-P1300211.jpg" alt="[Image: 43-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-apart-P1300211.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2176" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
The Espada XL is a GIANT folding knife, and definitely needs consideration if you want to carry it. You'll need a deep pocket (like leg pockets on cargo trousers) and the will to have a mostly impractical blade on you. However the genius of the Espada XL's design is that you CAN carry such a big knife and not be too weighed down by it.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/00-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-feature-P1260219.jpg" alt="[Image: 00-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-feature-P1260219.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Another point to note is that though the G-10 edition may well be the cheaper version of the Espada XL, actually I've found it to be more usable (if not as beautiful). Mainly this is due to the super grippy handle and the fact there is no polished aluminium to get scuffed up through use. According to Cold Steel, the G-10 edition retains 90% of the strength of the original, and it is slightly lighter (50g or 1.8oz). I really must come back to that grippy handle; no matter how sweaty or wet my hands are there is no lack of grip, unlike the polished handle of the original. This is to such a degree I have considered sanding the handles a bit to take off some of the 'sharpness' in the surface texture, as it can be pretty abrasive. This is definitely something you might want to do under the clip as you will wear away your pocket very fast if you don't.<br />
<br />
This knife is just so much KNIFE, you want to find a reason to carry and use it.<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">Review Summary</span><br />
<br />
The views expressed in this summary table are from the point of view of the reviewer’s personal use. I am not a member of the armed forces and cannot comment on its use beyond a cutting tool or field/hunting knife.<br />
<br />
Something that might be a ‘pro’ for one user can be a ‘con’ for another, so the comments are categorised based on my requirements. You should consider all points and if they could be beneficial to you.<br />
<br />
<br />
_______________________________________________<br />
Things I like<br />
_______________________________________________<br />
This is a really BIG knife!<br />
Super strong Tri-Ad lock.<br />
Very grippy handle.<br />
Pocket carry is possible despite the size.<br />
Demko Opener allows rapid blade opening..<br />
Extremely 'eager' blade wants to cut everything.<br />
This is a really BIG knife! Enthusiasts will LOVE it.<br />
<br />
_______________________________________________<br />
What doesn't work so well for me<br />
_______________________________________________<br />
This is a really BIG knife! (It is not a mistake putting this in both columns.)<br />
Demko opener 'eats' your pocket.<br />
Handle can be overly abrasive.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/00-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-feature-P1260225.jpg" alt="[Image: 00-Cold-Steel-Espada-XL-feature-P1260225.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=2176" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/Click-for-more-V5-800resized-first.png" alt="[Image: Click-for-more-V5-800resized-first.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
(Moderators, there is a reciprocal link at the end of every review on Tactical Reviews.)<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/Round-Sticker-V1-0.png" alt="[Image: Round-Sticker-V1-0.png]" class="mycode_img" />]]></content:encoded>
		</item>
		<item>
			<title><![CDATA[Knife Review: Extrema Ratio MAMBA]]></title>
			<link>http://bessex.com/forum/showthread.php?tid=263</link>
			<pubDate>Fri, 26 Jan 2018 08:37:48 +0000</pubDate>
			<guid isPermaLink="false">http://bessex.com/forum/showthread.php?tid=263</guid>
			<description><![CDATA[I'm new to the BESS Exchange, and currently there is no BESS related content in this review, but this will be added in future reviews.<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/00-ExtremaR-Mamba-feature-P1290455.jpg" alt="[Image: 00-ExtremaR-Mamba-feature-P1290455.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Extrema Ratio are well known for making knives that are built like a tank; heavy duty fixed blades and folders that will take everything you can throw at them in their stride.<br />
When the new Mamba arrived for testing it was clear this was something quite different; I was struck by how slim this knife is, and by the special sheath with quick release lever locking system - a sheath so slim it is MOLLE compatible because slides directly into the loops of PALS webbing.<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/23-ExtremaR-Mamba-PALS-P1290481.jpg" alt="[Image: 23-ExtremaR-Mamba-PALS-P1290481.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<div style="text-align: center;" class="mycode_align"><span style="color: Indigo;" class="mycode_color"><span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br />
Author's Statement for Transparency and Disclosure<br />
The test sample/s featured in this article have been provided for technical testing and review by the manufacturer. Test samples are retained by the reviewer following publication of the completed review for the purposes of long term testing and product comparisons.<br />
<br />
All output figures and test results published in this review are the sole work of the reviewer, and are carried out independently and without bias. Test results are reported as found, with no embellishments or alteration. Though best endeavours are made to maintain the accuracy of test equipment, the accuracy of these results is not guaranteed and is subject to the test equipment functioning correctly.<br />
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------</span></span></div>
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">The Blade and Handle Geometry:</span><br />
<br />
Most knife specifications have a basic description of the blade geometry, but in this section I will be taking a more detailed look at geometry and balance.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/37-ExtremaR-Mamba-grind-P1300305.jpg" alt="[Image: 37-ExtremaR-Mamba-grind-P1300305.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Using a set of gauges and precision measuring equipment including a Vernier protractor, callipers, fixed radius gauges and the unique Arc Master adjustable radius gauge (the one that looks like a crossbow).<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/09/Knife-measuring-P1180483.jpg" alt="[Image: Knife-measuring-P1180483.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<br />
These measurements have been tabulated and are presented along with a few reference blades (8" Chef's Knife, 5.5" Santoku and the popular Fällkniven F1).<br />
<br />
Key aspects such as the primary bevel angle, grind type, blade depth, blade thickness, length, weight are detailed, along with balance information.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/38-ExtremaR-Mamba-bevel-P1300307.jpg" alt="[Image: 38-ExtremaR-Mamba-bevel-P1300307.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<br />
The 'Balance relative to the front of the handle' tells you if the knife will feel front heavy, or if the weight is in your hand (a positive value means the weight is forward of the front of the handle). The 'Balance relative to the centre of the handle' indicates how close to a 'neutral balance' the knife has in the hand.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/36-ExtremaR-Mamba-balance-P1300296.jpg" alt="[Image: 36-ExtremaR-Mamba-balance-P1300296.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<br />
In the case of full convex grinds the approximate centre of the grind is used for the primary bevel angle estimate.<br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=1984" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-100h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-100h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">(Wherever you see the 'Read MORE' marker, it indicates that the Extended Version of the review has additional content at that point. Viewing the extended version helps support further reviews, but please ensure you return to this Forum for comments and discussion.)</span><br />
<br />
The blade is made from ACCIAIO BöHLER N690 (58HRC) steel.<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">A few more details:</span><br />
<br />
The slimmest Extrema Ratio box I've come across.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/01-ExtremaR-Mamba-boxed-P1290391.jpg" alt="[Image: 01-ExtremaR-Mamba-boxed-P1290391.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Taking the lid off; this is how the Mamba arrives.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/02-ExtremaR-Mamba-box-open-P1290396.jpg" alt="[Image: 02-ExtremaR-Mamba-box-open-P1290396.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Included is the Mamba and sheath, with a quality control card and a couple of leaflets.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/03-ExtremaR-Mamba-box-contents-P1290400.jpg" alt="[Image: 03-ExtremaR-Mamba-box-contents-P1290400.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
This really is something different from Extrema Ratio. Recognisable in styling, but definitely distinct.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/04-ExtremaR-Mamba-angle-rear-P1290404.jpg" alt="[Image: 04-ExtremaR-Mamba-angle-rear-P1290404.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
One of the outstanding features of the Mamba is the quick release lever locking system. This is not a new system as it is used in many diving knife sheaths and a few specialist designs, but it is one I'm a real fan of. Easy and quick to use and very secure.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/05-ExtremaR-Mamba-lever-P1290409.jpg" alt="[Image: 05-ExtremaR-Mamba-lever-P1290409.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Simply press the lever inwards to release the knife. With the lever pressed in, its wire spring is pushed away from the sheath slightly.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/06-ExtremaR-Mamba-lever-P1290410.jpg" alt="[Image: 06-ExtremaR-Mamba-lever-P1290410.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
The very unusual sheath has two adjustable plastic clips. They can also be reversed to make the sheath left or right handed. Of course these are used to secure the sheath in place when inserted into PALS webbing.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/07-ExtremaR-Mamba-MOLLE-clips-P1290414.jpg" alt="[Image: 07-ExtremaR-Mamba-MOLLE-clips-P1290414.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
With the clip removed from the sheath you can see the internal locking lugs. One side is open and has finger tabs to allow you to open it further for adjustment or removal. <br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/08-ExtremaR-Mamba-MOLLE-clip-P1290418.jpg" alt="[Image: 08-ExtremaR-Mamba-MOLLE-clip-P1290418.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
All along the sheath are holes for the adjustable clips to lock into. Should you just want a super low profile knife, you can take the clips off and use the sheath like this.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/09-ExtremaR-Mamba-bare-sheath-P1290424.jpg" alt="[Image: 09-ExtremaR-Mamba-bare-sheath-P1290424.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
A distinctive design feature of Extrema Ratio knives is the finger grip recess in the Forprene handle.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/11-ExtremaR-Mamba-finger-grip-P1290428.jpg" alt="[Image: 11-ExtremaR-Mamba-finger-grip-P1290428.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
There is a single bolt holding the Forprene handle in place. The screw is a tight fit, and even when fully loosened does not fall out; you will have to undo it and pry it out to take the handle off the full tang.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/12-ExtremaR-Mamba-screw-P1290432.jpg" alt="[Image: 12-ExtremaR-Mamba-screw-P1290432.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
The full tang protrudes slightly from the end of the handle giving you a small striking surface.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/13-ExtremaR-Mamba-butt-P1290435.jpg" alt="[Image: 13-ExtremaR-Mamba-butt-P1290435.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
On the spine, near the handle, the model is printed onto the black MIL-C-13924 burnished blade finish, and next to this is the notch that the locking lever fits into to hold the knife in the sheath. <br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/17-ExtremaR-Mamba-model-P1290448.jpg" alt="[Image: 17-ExtremaR-Mamba-model-P1290448.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
The spine is flat for its entire length. This is an important detail in the operation of the lever lock.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/18-ExtremaR-Mamba-spine-P1290451.jpg" alt="[Image: 18-ExtremaR-Mamba-spine-P1290451.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
On the right side of the blade it has 'Extrema Ratio' printed onto the black finish.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/19-ExtremaR-Mamba-angle-right-P1290461.jpg" alt="[Image: 19-ExtremaR-Mamba-angle-right-P1290461.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
And on the left "58 HRC" is prominently printed with " Stainless Cobalt Steel" printed underneath.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/20-ExtremaR-Mamba-angle-left-P1290463.jpg" alt="[Image: 20-ExtremaR-Mamba-angle-left-P1290463.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
As a key design characteristic of the Mamba is that it fits into PALS webbing loops, the sheath is the starting point for this design. With the sheath fitted in PALS webbing, you want quick access to the blade and one-handed operation, both of which make the lever lock an ideal choice.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/21-ExtremaR-Mamba-sheath-P1290471.jpg" alt="[Image: 21-ExtremaR-Mamba-sheath-P1290471.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Taking a close look at the side of the lever that touches the knife, you can see several details. The lever has a pivot pin as well as a second pin to restrict the rotation of the lever. At the left end of the lever is the locking lug that fits into the notch in the blade spine. This lug is showing wear of the black coating where it rubs against the spine. Also showing wear is an area to the right of the lever where it gets pressed into the jimping when releasing the knife. Also note the shaping of the plastic sheath which supports and holds the blade end of the handle closely when the knife is locked in place.<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=1984" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">What it is like to use?</span><br />
<br />
For a couple of main reasons, the Mamba has been a bit of a revelation. When I first saw it, I didn't think all that much of it, but I was wrong, it really works.<br />
<br />
The first of those reasons - the quick release lever lock. I'm so pleased to see this in a non-diving knife as it is one of those features I've been crying out for in 'normal' sheath knives.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/14-ExtremaR-Mamba-unlock-P1290436.jpg" alt="[Image: 14-ExtremaR-Mamba-unlock-P1290436.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
A thumb release lever lock is so intuitive and easy to use as you basically free the blade just taking a normal hold on the handle. Your thumb sits onto the lever instead of the jimping and you squeeze to withdraw the blade.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/15-ExtremaR-Mamba-unlocked-P1290441.jpg" alt="[Image: 15-ExtremaR-Mamba-unlocked-P1290441.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
The lever lock does require a slightly different technique when withdrawing or inserting the blade into the sheath. I mentioned this earlier in relation to the full flat spine. You need to keep the spine pressed into the locking lever as you withdraw or insert the blade. If you don't, the sprung lever pushes the cutting edge into the opposite side of the sheath, both dragging on the blade, and cutting into the plastic. A slight pressure of the blade spine onto the lever and the blade glides in and out easily.<br />
<br />
While mentioning 'gliding'; actually the finish on the blade when new is so matt, it is slightly rough and in certain circumstances, this does actually cause some drag during a cut or when wiping clean. The surface finishing from Extrema Ratio is excellent, and hard wearing, so this 'feature' may simply be more noticeable on the finer blade of the Mamba than it is on larger, heavier knives.<br />
<br />
There is one major disadvantage with the lever lock design; should you accidentally insert the blade into the sheath the wrong way round, the cutting edge runs directly onto and along the metal locking lever which will seriously damage the cutting edge.<br />
<br />
Once in the hand, the Mamba is similar in size to flatware (a table knife) but is clearly something much more serious. <br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/16-ExtremaR-Mamba-in-open-hand-P1290444.jpg" alt="[Image: 16-ExtremaR-Mamba-in-open-hand-P1290444.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Though it has a slim grip, the finger grip in the handle, combined with the deep jimping under the thumb, give you a really secure hold on the knife. <br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/34-ExtremaR-Mamba-in-hand-P1290558.jpg" alt="[Image: 34-ExtremaR-Mamba-in-hand-P1290558.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Of course the main reason for the slim design of the Mamba is so that it, and its sheath, can fit into PALS webbing (so is MOLLE compatible) for ease of integration into your gear. Many people carry a knife in their PALs webbing, but either have a folder clipped onto it, a large knife with MOLLE compatible sheath, or (something that makes me cringe) in some cases an unsheathed knife slipped into the loops.<br />
Here I've got it fitted to a MOAB 6 bag, but it works even better on the shoulder strap of a backpack.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/22-ExtremaR-Mamba-Moab-6-P1290478.jpg" alt="[Image: 22-ExtremaR-Mamba-Moab-6-P1290478.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Before fitting, take off the clips and try the sheath in the position you are considering, and check your thumb will land on the locking lever. Then refit the clip nearest to the handle and try once more to check it all works. There is a good reason for checking how well it works at this point.<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=1984" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
So, being designed to fit into PALS webbing, compared to the Extrema Ratio 'standard build' for a knife, it is quite a bit smaller. To give an idea of this, here it is next to the Extrema Ratio TASK J.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/26-ExtremaR-Mamba-perspective-P1290507.jpg" alt="[Image: 26-ExtremaR-Mamba-perspective-P1290507.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
And unsheathed as well.<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=1984" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
Initially the Mamba is not a knife I would have been that excited about; a slim knife designed to fit into PALS webbing. Useful maybe, but not that exciting. This is certainly not how I feel about it now after spending time with it.<br />
<br />
In many ways, Extrema Ratio got me hooked with this one by using the lever lock. I just hope they introduce this for a few other models, including the larger knives. On top of that is the fact that the more you use knives, the more you realise you don't need as much knife as you thought you might. So, often people carry around seriously heavy duty tools that are never really put to use. In terms of cutting power, the Mamba is more than capable of most everyday jobs and its slimmer blade (though not weak at 3.8mm thick) makes many cutting jobs easier. It really is a multi-purpose 'utility blade', in all the best possible meanings of that term.<br />
<br />
If only Extrema Ratio could include a belt loop fitting, perhaps sliding over the sheath like the MOLLE clips do, as I would like to be able to carry the Mamba securely without a load carrier or backpack. Light, slim, easy to work with and an excellent quick release lever lock for sheath retention, I'll be carrying this whenever I can.<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">Review Summary</span><br />
<br />
The views expressed in this summary table are from the point of view of the reviewer’s personal use. I am not a member of the armed forces and cannot comment on its use beyond a cutting tool or field/hunting knife.<br />
<br />
Something that might be a ‘pro’ for one user can be a ‘con’ for another, so the comments are categorised based on my requirements. You should consider all points and if they could be beneficial to you.<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">Things I like<br />
_______________________________________________<br />
Quick Release Lever Lock used to retain the knife.<br />
Slim and Versatile Blade. Handles as easily as flatware.<br />
The Sheath fits Directly into PALS webbing loops.<br />
Secure Grip provided by the finger groove and heavy jimping.<br />
Ambidextrous.<br />
<br />
<br />
What doesn't work so well for me<br />
_______________________________________________<br />
Can be very difficult to adjust the MOLLE clips when fitted into the PALS webbing.<br />
No Belt Loop.<br />
Black Blade finish can 'drag' when cutting.<br />
Inserting the blade the wrong way round can blunt the blade.</span><br />
<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/00-ExtremaR-Mamba-feature-P1290455.jpg" alt="[Image: 00-ExtremaR-Mamba-feature-P1290455.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<div style="text-align: center;" class="mycode_align"><a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=1984" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/Click-for-more-V5-800resized-first.png" alt="[Image: Click-for-more-V5-800resized-first.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
(Moderators, there is a reciprocal link at the end of every review on Tactical Reviews.)<br />
</div>]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[I'm new to the BESS Exchange, and currently there is no BESS related content in this review, but this will be added in future reviews.<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/00-ExtremaR-Mamba-feature-P1290455.jpg" alt="[Image: 00-ExtremaR-Mamba-feature-P1290455.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Extrema Ratio are well known for making knives that are built like a tank; heavy duty fixed blades and folders that will take everything you can throw at them in their stride.<br />
When the new Mamba arrived for testing it was clear this was something quite different; I was struck by how slim this knife is, and by the special sheath with quick release lever locking system - a sheath so slim it is MOLLE compatible because slides directly into the loops of PALS webbing.<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/23-ExtremaR-Mamba-PALS-P1290481.jpg" alt="[Image: 23-ExtremaR-Mamba-PALS-P1290481.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<div style="text-align: center;" class="mycode_align"><span style="color: Indigo;" class="mycode_color"><span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br />
Author's Statement for Transparency and Disclosure<br />
The test sample/s featured in this article have been provided for technical testing and review by the manufacturer. Test samples are retained by the reviewer following publication of the completed review for the purposes of long term testing and product comparisons.<br />
<br />
All output figures and test results published in this review are the sole work of the reviewer, and are carried out independently and without bias. Test results are reported as found, with no embellishments or alteration. Though best endeavours are made to maintain the accuracy of test equipment, the accuracy of these results is not guaranteed and is subject to the test equipment functioning correctly.<br />
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------</span></span></div>
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">The Blade and Handle Geometry:</span><br />
<br />
Most knife specifications have a basic description of the blade geometry, but in this section I will be taking a more detailed look at geometry and balance.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/37-ExtremaR-Mamba-grind-P1300305.jpg" alt="[Image: 37-ExtremaR-Mamba-grind-P1300305.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Using a set of gauges and precision measuring equipment including a Vernier protractor, callipers, fixed radius gauges and the unique Arc Master adjustable radius gauge (the one that looks like a crossbow).<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/09/Knife-measuring-P1180483.jpg" alt="[Image: Knife-measuring-P1180483.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<br />
These measurements have been tabulated and are presented along with a few reference blades (8" Chef's Knife, 5.5" Santoku and the popular Fällkniven F1).<br />
<br />
Key aspects such as the primary bevel angle, grind type, blade depth, blade thickness, length, weight are detailed, along with balance information.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/38-ExtremaR-Mamba-bevel-P1300307.jpg" alt="[Image: 38-ExtremaR-Mamba-bevel-P1300307.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<br />
The 'Balance relative to the front of the handle' tells you if the knife will feel front heavy, or if the weight is in your hand (a positive value means the weight is forward of the front of the handle). The 'Balance relative to the centre of the handle' indicates how close to a 'neutral balance' the knife has in the hand.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/36-ExtremaR-Mamba-balance-P1300296.jpg" alt="[Image: 36-ExtremaR-Mamba-balance-P1300296.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<br />
In the case of full convex grinds the approximate centre of the grind is used for the primary bevel angle estimate.<br />
<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=1984" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-100h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-100h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<span style="font-style: italic;" class="mycode_i">(Wherever you see the 'Read MORE' marker, it indicates that the Extended Version of the review has additional content at that point. Viewing the extended version helps support further reviews, but please ensure you return to this Forum for comments and discussion.)</span><br />
<br />
The blade is made from ACCIAIO BöHLER N690 (58HRC) steel.<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">A few more details:</span><br />
<br />
The slimmest Extrema Ratio box I've come across.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/01-ExtremaR-Mamba-boxed-P1290391.jpg" alt="[Image: 01-ExtremaR-Mamba-boxed-P1290391.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Taking the lid off; this is how the Mamba arrives.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/02-ExtremaR-Mamba-box-open-P1290396.jpg" alt="[Image: 02-ExtremaR-Mamba-box-open-P1290396.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Included is the Mamba and sheath, with a quality control card and a couple of leaflets.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/03-ExtremaR-Mamba-box-contents-P1290400.jpg" alt="[Image: 03-ExtremaR-Mamba-box-contents-P1290400.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
This really is something different from Extrema Ratio. Recognisable in styling, but definitely distinct.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/04-ExtremaR-Mamba-angle-rear-P1290404.jpg" alt="[Image: 04-ExtremaR-Mamba-angle-rear-P1290404.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
One of the outstanding features of the Mamba is the quick release lever locking system. This is not a new system as it is used in many diving knife sheaths and a few specialist designs, but it is one I'm a real fan of. Easy and quick to use and very secure.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/05-ExtremaR-Mamba-lever-P1290409.jpg" alt="[Image: 05-ExtremaR-Mamba-lever-P1290409.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Simply press the lever inwards to release the knife. With the lever pressed in, its wire spring is pushed away from the sheath slightly.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/06-ExtremaR-Mamba-lever-P1290410.jpg" alt="[Image: 06-ExtremaR-Mamba-lever-P1290410.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
The very unusual sheath has two adjustable plastic clips. They can also be reversed to make the sheath left or right handed. Of course these are used to secure the sheath in place when inserted into PALS webbing.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/07-ExtremaR-Mamba-MOLLE-clips-P1290414.jpg" alt="[Image: 07-ExtremaR-Mamba-MOLLE-clips-P1290414.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
With the clip removed from the sheath you can see the internal locking lugs. One side is open and has finger tabs to allow you to open it further for adjustment or removal. <br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/08-ExtremaR-Mamba-MOLLE-clip-P1290418.jpg" alt="[Image: 08-ExtremaR-Mamba-MOLLE-clip-P1290418.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
All along the sheath are holes for the adjustable clips to lock into. Should you just want a super low profile knife, you can take the clips off and use the sheath like this.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/09-ExtremaR-Mamba-bare-sheath-P1290424.jpg" alt="[Image: 09-ExtremaR-Mamba-bare-sheath-P1290424.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
A distinctive design feature of Extrema Ratio knives is the finger grip recess in the Forprene handle.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/11-ExtremaR-Mamba-finger-grip-P1290428.jpg" alt="[Image: 11-ExtremaR-Mamba-finger-grip-P1290428.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
There is a single bolt holding the Forprene handle in place. The screw is a tight fit, and even when fully loosened does not fall out; you will have to undo it and pry it out to take the handle off the full tang.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/12-ExtremaR-Mamba-screw-P1290432.jpg" alt="[Image: 12-ExtremaR-Mamba-screw-P1290432.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
The full tang protrudes slightly from the end of the handle giving you a small striking surface.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/13-ExtremaR-Mamba-butt-P1290435.jpg" alt="[Image: 13-ExtremaR-Mamba-butt-P1290435.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
On the spine, near the handle, the model is printed onto the black MIL-C-13924 burnished blade finish, and next to this is the notch that the locking lever fits into to hold the knife in the sheath. <br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/17-ExtremaR-Mamba-model-P1290448.jpg" alt="[Image: 17-ExtremaR-Mamba-model-P1290448.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
The spine is flat for its entire length. This is an important detail in the operation of the lever lock.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/18-ExtremaR-Mamba-spine-P1290451.jpg" alt="[Image: 18-ExtremaR-Mamba-spine-P1290451.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
On the right side of the blade it has 'Extrema Ratio' printed onto the black finish.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/19-ExtremaR-Mamba-angle-right-P1290461.jpg" alt="[Image: 19-ExtremaR-Mamba-angle-right-P1290461.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
And on the left "58 HRC" is prominently printed with " Stainless Cobalt Steel" printed underneath.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/20-ExtremaR-Mamba-angle-left-P1290463.jpg" alt="[Image: 20-ExtremaR-Mamba-angle-left-P1290463.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
As a key design characteristic of the Mamba is that it fits into PALS webbing loops, the sheath is the starting point for this design. With the sheath fitted in PALS webbing, you want quick access to the blade and one-handed operation, both of which make the lever lock an ideal choice.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/21-ExtremaR-Mamba-sheath-P1290471.jpg" alt="[Image: 21-ExtremaR-Mamba-sheath-P1290471.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Taking a close look at the side of the lever that touches the knife, you can see several details. The lever has a pivot pin as well as a second pin to restrict the rotation of the lever. At the left end of the lever is the locking lug that fits into the notch in the blade spine. This lug is showing wear of the black coating where it rubs against the spine. Also showing wear is an area to the right of the lever where it gets pressed into the jimping when releasing the knife. Also note the shaping of the plastic sheath which supports and holds the blade end of the handle closely when the knife is locked in place.<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=1984" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">What it is like to use?</span><br />
<br />
For a couple of main reasons, the Mamba has been a bit of a revelation. When I first saw it, I didn't think all that much of it, but I was wrong, it really works.<br />
<br />
The first of those reasons - the quick release lever lock. I'm so pleased to see this in a non-diving knife as it is one of those features I've been crying out for in 'normal' sheath knives.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/14-ExtremaR-Mamba-unlock-P1290436.jpg" alt="[Image: 14-ExtremaR-Mamba-unlock-P1290436.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
A thumb release lever lock is so intuitive and easy to use as you basically free the blade just taking a normal hold on the handle. Your thumb sits onto the lever instead of the jimping and you squeeze to withdraw the blade.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/15-ExtremaR-Mamba-unlocked-P1290441.jpg" alt="[Image: 15-ExtremaR-Mamba-unlocked-P1290441.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
The lever lock does require a slightly different technique when withdrawing or inserting the blade into the sheath. I mentioned this earlier in relation to the full flat spine. You need to keep the spine pressed into the locking lever as you withdraw or insert the blade. If you don't, the sprung lever pushes the cutting edge into the opposite side of the sheath, both dragging on the blade, and cutting into the plastic. A slight pressure of the blade spine onto the lever and the blade glides in and out easily.<br />
<br />
While mentioning 'gliding'; actually the finish on the blade when new is so matt, it is slightly rough and in certain circumstances, this does actually cause some drag during a cut or when wiping clean. The surface finishing from Extrema Ratio is excellent, and hard wearing, so this 'feature' may simply be more noticeable on the finer blade of the Mamba than it is on larger, heavier knives.<br />
<br />
There is one major disadvantage with the lever lock design; should you accidentally insert the blade into the sheath the wrong way round, the cutting edge runs directly onto and along the metal locking lever which will seriously damage the cutting edge.<br />
<br />
Once in the hand, the Mamba is similar in size to flatware (a table knife) but is clearly something much more serious. <br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/16-ExtremaR-Mamba-in-open-hand-P1290444.jpg" alt="[Image: 16-ExtremaR-Mamba-in-open-hand-P1290444.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Though it has a slim grip, the finger grip in the handle, combined with the deep jimping under the thumb, give you a really secure hold on the knife. <br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/34-ExtremaR-Mamba-in-hand-P1290558.jpg" alt="[Image: 34-ExtremaR-Mamba-in-hand-P1290558.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Of course the main reason for the slim design of the Mamba is so that it, and its sheath, can fit into PALS webbing (so is MOLLE compatible) for ease of integration into your gear. Many people carry a knife in their PALs webbing, but either have a folder clipped onto it, a large knife with MOLLE compatible sheath, or (something that makes me cringe) in some cases an unsheathed knife slipped into the loops.<br />
Here I've got it fitted to a MOAB 6 bag, but it works even better on the shoulder strap of a backpack.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/22-ExtremaR-Mamba-Moab-6-P1290478.jpg" alt="[Image: 22-ExtremaR-Mamba-Moab-6-P1290478.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
Before fitting, take off the clips and try the sheath in the position you are considering, and check your thumb will land on the locking lever. Then refit the clip nearest to the handle and try once more to check it all works. There is a good reason for checking how well it works at this point.<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=1984" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
So, being designed to fit into PALS webbing, compared to the Extrema Ratio 'standard build' for a knife, it is quite a bit smaller. To give an idea of this, here it is next to the Extrema Ratio TASK J.<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/26-ExtremaR-Mamba-perspective-P1290507.jpg" alt="[Image: 26-ExtremaR-Mamba-perspective-P1290507.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
And unsheathed as well.<br />
<a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=1984" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/More-Marker-V2-50h.png" alt="[Image: More-Marker-V2-50h.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
<br />
Initially the Mamba is not a knife I would have been that excited about; a slim knife designed to fit into PALS webbing. Useful maybe, but not that exciting. This is certainly not how I feel about it now after spending time with it.<br />
<br />
In many ways, Extrema Ratio got me hooked with this one by using the lever lock. I just hope they introduce this for a few other models, including the larger knives. On top of that is the fact that the more you use knives, the more you realise you don't need as much knife as you thought you might. So, often people carry around seriously heavy duty tools that are never really put to use. In terms of cutting power, the Mamba is more than capable of most everyday jobs and its slimmer blade (though not weak at 3.8mm thick) makes many cutting jobs easier. It really is a multi-purpose 'utility blade', in all the best possible meanings of that term.<br />
<br />
If only Extrema Ratio could include a belt loop fitting, perhaps sliding over the sheath like the MOLLE clips do, as I would like to be able to carry the Mamba securely without a load carrier or backpack. Light, slim, easy to work with and an excellent quick release lever lock for sheath retention, I'll be carrying this whenever I can.<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">Review Summary</span><br />
<br />
The views expressed in this summary table are from the point of view of the reviewer’s personal use. I am not a member of the armed forces and cannot comment on its use beyond a cutting tool or field/hunting knife.<br />
<br />
Something that might be a ‘pro’ for one user can be a ‘con’ for another, so the comments are categorised based on my requirements. You should consider all points and if they could be beneficial to you.<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: bold;" class="mycode_b">Things I like<br />
_______________________________________________<br />
Quick Release Lever Lock used to retain the knife.<br />
Slim and Versatile Blade. Handles as easily as flatware.<br />
The Sheath fits Directly into PALS webbing loops.<br />
Secure Grip provided by the finger groove and heavy jimping.<br />
Ambidextrous.<br />
<br />
<br />
What doesn't work so well for me<br />
_______________________________________________<br />
Can be very difficult to adjust the MOLLE clips when fitted into the PALS webbing.<br />
No Belt Loop.<br />
Black Blade finish can 'drag' when cutting.<br />
Inserting the blade the wrong way round can blunt the blade.</span><br />
<br />
<br />
<img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/00-ExtremaR-Mamba-feature-P1290455.jpg" alt="[Image: 00-ExtremaR-Mamba-feature-P1290455.jpg]" class="mycode_img" /><br />
<br />
<div style="text-align: center;" class="mycode_align"><a href="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/?p=1984" target="_blank" class="mycode_url"><img src="http://tacticalreviews.co.uk/wp/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/Click-for-more-V5-800resized-first.png" alt="[Image: Click-for-more-V5-800resized-first.png]" class="mycode_img" /></a><br />
(Moderators, there is a reciprocal link at the end of every review on Tactical Reviews.)<br />
</div>]]></content:encoded>
		</item>
	</channel>
</rss>